<?xml version="1.0"?>
<Item Autonumber="false" id="X-ALT_1" TextType="CompleteItem" SchemaVersion="2.0" PageStartNumber="0" Template="Generic_A4_Unnumbered" DiscussionAlias="Discussion" ExportedEquationLocation="" SecondColour="None" ThirdColour="None" FourthColour="None" Logo="colour" Rendering="OpenLearn" x_oucontentversion="2025021000"><meta name="vle:osep" content="false"/><meta name="equations" content="mathjax"/><meta name="aaaf:olink_server" content="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw"/><CourseCode>ALT_1</CourseCode><CourseTitle>Everyday Maths 2</CourseTitle><ItemID/><ItemTitle>Everyday Maths 2</ItemTitle><FrontMatter>
        <Imprint>
            <Standard>
                <GeneralInfo>
                    <Paragraph><b>About this free course</b></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This version of the content may include video, images and interactive content that may not be optimised for your device. </Paragraph>
                </GeneralInfo>
                <Address>
                    <AddressLine/>
                    <AddressLine/>
                </Address>
                <FirstPublished>
                    <Paragraph/>
                </FirstPublished>
                <Copyright>
                    <Paragraph>Copyright &#xA9; 2019 The Open University</Paragraph>
                </Copyright>
                <Rights>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph><b>Intellectual property</b></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Unless otherwise stated, this resource is released under the terms of the Creative Commons Licence v4.0 <a href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/deed.en_GB">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/deed.en_GB</a>. Within that The Open University interprets this licence in the following way: <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/frequently-asked-questions-on-openlearn">www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/frequently-asked-questions-on-openlearn</a>. Copyright and rights falling outside the terms of the Creative Commons Licence are retained or controlled by The Open University. Please read the full text before using any of the content. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We believe the primary barrier to accessing high-quality educational experiences is cost, which is why we aim to publish as much free content as possible under an open licence. If it proves difficult to release content under our preferred Creative Commons licence (e.g. because we can&#x2019;t afford or gain the clearances or find suitable alternatives), we will still release the materials for free under a personal end-user licence. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This is because the learning experience will always be the same high quality offering and that should always be seen as positive &#x2013; even if at times the licensing is different to Creative Commons. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>When using the content you must attribute us (The Open University) (the OU) and any identified author in accordance with the terms of the Creative Commons Licence.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The Acknowledgements section is used to list, amongst other things, third party (Proprietary), licensed content which is not subject to Creative Commons licensing.&#xA0;Proprietary content must be used (retained) intact and in context to the content at all times.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The Acknowledgements section&#xA0;is also used to bring to your attention any other Special Restrictions which may apply to the content.&#xA0;For example there may be times when the Creative Commons Non-Commercial Sharealike licence does not apply to any of the content even if owned by us (The Open University).&#xA0;In these instances, unless stated otherwise, the content may be used for personal and non-commercial use.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We have also identified as Proprietary other material included in the content which is not subject to Creative Commons Licence.&#xA0;These are OU logos, trading names and may extend to certain photographic and video images and sound recordings and any other material as may be brought to your attention.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Unauthorised use of any of the content may constitute a breach of the terms and conditions and/or intellectual property laws.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We reserve the right to alter, amend or bring to an end any terms and conditions provided here without notice.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>All rights falling outside the terms of the Creative Commons licence are retained or controlled by The Open University.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Head of Intellectual Property, The Open University</Paragraph>
                </Rights>
                <Edited>
                    <Paragraph/>
                </Edited>
                <Printed>
                    <Paragraph/>
                </Printed>
                <ISBN><!--INSERT EPUB ISBN WHEN AVAILABLE (.kdl)-->
        <!--INSERT KDL ISBN WHEN AVAILABLE (.epub)--></ISBN>
                <Edition/>
            </Standard>
        </Imprint>
        <Covers>
            <Cover type="ebook" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/BLTL_Maths_L2_epub_cover.jpg"/>
            <Cover type="A4" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/BLTL_Maths_L2_epub_cover.jpg"/>
        </Covers>
    </FrontMatter><BackMatter>
        
    </BackMatter><Unit id="nonumber-idm49"><UnitID><!--leave blank--></UnitID><UnitTitle>Introduction and guidance</UnitTitle><Introduction id="nonumber-idm52"><Title>Introduction and guidance</Title><Paragraph>This free badged course, <i>Everyday maths 2</i>, is an introduction to Level 2 Functional Skills in maths. It is designed to inspire you to build on your existing maths skills by working through examples and interactive activities. These have been designed around everyday situations like calculating how long it will take to get from one place to another or how to convert currencies when you go on holiday. The course may also enhance your career prospects or help if you are considering an apprenticeship.</Paragraph><Paragraph>On completing the course you should feel confident to tackle the maths you come across in everyday situations. You may also be able to help support children with their challenging maths homework and help them become more confident too.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You can work through the course at your own pace. To complete the course you will need access to a calculator, notepad, pen and protractor.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The course has four sessions, with a total study time of approximately 48 hours. The sessions cover the following topics: numbers, measurement, data, and shapes and space. There will be plenty of examples to help you as you progress, together with opportunities to practise your understanding.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The regular interactive quizzes form part of this practice, and the end-of-course quiz is an opportunity to earn a badge that demonstrates your new skills. You can read more on how to study the course and about badges in the next sections.</Paragraph><Paragraph>After completing this course you should be able to:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand practical problems in familiar and unfamiliar contexts and situations </Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>identify the problems to be solved and identify the mathematical methods needed to solve them</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>select mathematical methods in an organised way to find solutions</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>apply a range of mathematics in an organised way to find solutions to straightforward practical problems</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use appropriate checking procedures at each stage</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>interpret and communicate solutions to multi-stage practical problems drawing simple conclusions and giving appropriate justifications.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><InternalSection><Heading><b>Moving around the course</b></Heading><Paragraph>The easiest way to navigate around the course is through the &#x2018;My course progress&#x2019; page. You can get back there at any time by clicking on &#x2018;Back to course&#x2019; in the menu bar.</Paragraph><Paragraph>It&#x2019;s also good practice, if you access a link from within a course page (including links to the quizzes), to open it in a new window or tab. That way you can easily return to where you&#x2019;ve come from without having to use the back button on your browser.</Paragraph></InternalSection></Introduction><Session id="nonumber-idm79"><Title>What is a badged course?</Title><Paragraph>While studying <i>Everyday maths 2</i> you have the option to work towards gaining a digital badge.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Badged courses are a key part of The Open University&#x2019;s mission <i>to promote the educational well-being of the community</i>. The courses also provide another way of helping you to progress from informal to formal learning.</Paragraph><Paragraph>To complete a course you need to be able to find about 48 hours of study time. It is possible to study them at any time, and at a pace to suit you.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Badged courses are all available on The Open University&#x2019;s <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/try">OpenLearn</a> website and do not cost anything to study. They differ from Open University courses because you do not receive support from a tutor. But you do get useful feedback from the interactive quizzes.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>What is a badge?</Heading><Paragraph>Digital badges are a new way of demonstrating online that you have gained a skill. Schools, colleges and universities are working with employers and other organisations to develop open badges that help learners gain recognition for their skills, and support employers to identify the right candidate for a job.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Badges demonstrate your work and achievement on the course. You can share your achievement with friends, family and employers, and on social media. Badges are a great motivation, helping you to reach the end of the course. Gaining a badge often boosts confidence in the skills and abilities that underpin successful study. So, completing this course should encourage you to think about taking other courses, for example enrolling at a college for a formal qualification. (You will be given details on this at the end of the course.)</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/opl_dfe_everydaymaths_level2_badge_transparent_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_badge.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="a195456a" x_contenthash="2a2d8cc4" x_imagesrc="opl_dfe_everydaymaths_level2_badge_transparent_resize.png" x_imagewidth="125" x_imageheight="125"/>
                </Figure></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm94"><Title>How to get a badge</Title><Paragraph>Getting a badge is straightforward! Here&#x2019;s what you have to do:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>read all of the pages of the course</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>score 70% or more in the end-of-course quiz.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>For all the quizzes, you can have three attempts at most of the questions (for true or false type questions you usually only get one attempt). If you get the answer right first time you will get more marks than for a correct answer the second or third time. Therefore, please be aware that for the end-of-course quiz (Session 4 compulsory badge quiz) it is possible to get all the questions right but not score 70% and be eligible for the OpenLearn badge on that attempt. If one of your answers is incorrect you will often receive helpful feedback and suggestions about how to work out the correct answer.</Paragraph><Paragraph>If you&#x2019;re not successful in getting 70% in the end-of-course quiz the first time, after 24 hours you can attempt it again and come back as many times as you like.</Paragraph><Paragraph>We hope that as many people as possible will gain an Open University badge &#x2013; so you should see getting a badge as an opportunity to reflect on what you have learned rather than as a test.</Paragraph><Paragraph>If you need more guidance on getting a badge and what you can do with it, take a look at the <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/frequently-asked-questions-on-openlearn">OpenLearn FAQs</a>. When you gain your badge you will receive an email to notify you and you will be able to view and manage all your badges in <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/my-openlearn">My OpenLearn</a> within 24 hours of completing the criteria to gain a badge.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Now get started with <a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=85562">Session 1</a>.</Paragraph></Session></Unit><Unit id="nonumber-idm110"><UnitID><!--leave blank--></UnitID><UnitTitle>Session 1: Working with numbers</UnitTitle><Introduction id="nonumber-idm113"><Title>Introduction</Title><Paragraph>With an understanding of numbers you have the basic skills you need to deal with much of everyday life. In this session, you will learn about how to use each of the four different mathematical operations and how they apply to real life situations. Then you will encounter fractions and percentages which are incredibly useful when trying to work out the price of an item on special offer. Additionally, you will learn how to use ratio &#x2013; handy if you are doing any baking &#x2013; and how to work with formulas.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Throughout the course there will be various activities for you to complete in order to check your skills. All activities come with answers and show suggested working. It is important to know that there are often many ways of working out the same calculation. If your working is different to that shown but you arrive at the same answer, that&#x2019;s perfectly fine.</Paragraph><Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use the four operations to solve problems in context</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand rounding and look at different ways of doing this</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solve equations involving negative numbers</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use fractions, decimals and percentages and convert between them</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solve different types of ratio problems</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use inverse operations to check your calculations.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_a69_numbers.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="bltl_a69_numbers_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3b5a1c78" x_folderhash="3b5a1c78" x_contenthash="b51dd3b5" x_subtitles="bltl_a69_numbers.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>[MUSIC PLAYING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Even for something as basic as food shopping, developing your knowledge of numbers can be a real benefit, especially if you're looking for a bargain. Like, learning when to round a number up or down to help work out a rough estimate of what you need to buy. And understanding things like percentages can help you track exactly what bargains there are on offer. And when there is a chance to save money.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Even for something as basic as food shopping, developing your knowledge of numbers can be a real benefit, especially if you're looking for a bargain. Like, learning when to round a number up or down to help work out a rough estimate of what you need to buy. And understanding things like percentages can help you track exactly what bargains there are on offer. And when there is a chance to save money. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you use a credit card, understanding interest rates will help you know how much it costs to use it. And when you come to cooking, getting to grips with formulas will help you when working out a cooking time. Or calculating how much money you have available, in case of an emergency.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                
            <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_a69_numbers.jpg" x_folderhash="3b5a1c78" x_contenthash="c8745c9c" x_imagesrc="bltl_a69_numbers.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="297"/>
                </Figure></MediaContent></Introduction><Session id="nonumber-idm139"><Title>1 Four operations</Title><Paragraph>You will already be using the four operations in your daily life (whether you realise it or not). Everyday life requires you to carry out maths all the time; checking you&#x2019;ve been given the correct change, working out how many packs of cakes you need for the children&#x2019;s birthday party and splitting the bill in a restaurant are all examples that come to mind.</Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_imageintro_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_imageintro.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="6c465ae0" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_imageintro_resize.png" x_imagewidth="380" x_imageheight="493"/>
                <Caption>Figure 1 Fruit maths puzzle</Caption>
                <Description>Four maths sums illustrated with pieces of fruit. The first line shows: apple plus apple plus apple equals 30. The second line shows: apple plus 4 bananas plus 4 bananas equals 18. The third line shows: 4 bananas minus 2 coconuts equals 2. The fourth line shows: coconut plus apple plus 3 bananas equals &#x2018;?&#x2019; (a question mark).</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>The four operations are addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. As Functional Skills exam papers allow the use of a calculator throughout, you do not need to be able to work out these calculations by hand but you do need to understand what each operation does and when to use it. At level 2, you will often be required to use more than one operation to answer a question.</Paragraph><BulletedList><ListItem><Paragraph><b>Addition (+)</b></Paragraph><BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>This operation is used when you want to find the total, or sum, of two or more amounts.</Paragraph></SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList></ListItem><ListItem><Paragraph><b>Subtraction (&#x2212;)</b></Paragraph><BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>This operation is used when you want to find the difference between two amounts or how much of something you have left after a quantity is used&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;for example, if you want to find the change owed after spending an amount of money.</Paragraph></SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList></ListItem><ListItem><Paragraph><b>Multiplication (&#xD7;)</b></Paragraph><BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>This operation is also used for totals and sums but when there is more than one of the same number &#x2013; for example if you are buying five packs of apples that cost &#xA3;1.20 each, you would do &#xA3;1.20 x 5.</Paragraph></SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList></ListItem><ListItem><Paragraph><b>Division (&#xF7;)</b></Paragraph><BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Division is used when sharing or grouping items. For example, if you want to know how many doughnuts you can buy with &#xA3;6 if one doughnut costs &#xA3;1.50, you would do &#xA3;6&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;&#xA3;1.50.</Paragraph></SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList></ListItem></BulletedList><Activity><Heading>Activity 1: Operation choice</Heading><Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question><Paragraph>Each of the four questions below uses one of the four operations. Match the operation to the question. </Paragraph></Question>
                        <Interaction>
                            <Matching>
                                <Option>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1b.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="024cba10" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1b.png" x_imagewidth="100" x_imageheight="100"/></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
                                </Option>
                                <Match x_letter="b">
                                    <Paragraph>You need to save &#xA3;306 for a holiday. You have 18 months to save up that much money. How much do you need to save per month?</Paragraph>
                                </Match>
                                <Option>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1c.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="c2b88f67" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1c.png" x_imagewidth="100" x_imageheight="100"/></InlineFigure> </Paragraph>
                                </Option>
                                <Match x_letter="d">
                                    <Paragraph>Fourteen members of the same family go on holiday together. They each pay &#xA3;155. What is the total cost of the holiday?</Paragraph>
                                </Match>
                                <Option>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1d.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="f49fed16" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1d.png" x_imagewidth="100" x_imageheight="100"/></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
                                </Option>
                                <Match x_letter="a">
                                    <Paragraph>You make an insurance claim worth &#xA3;18,950. The insurance company pays you &#xA3;12,648. What is the difference between what you claimed and what you actually received? </Paragraph>
                                </Match>
                                <Option>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1a.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="897aced1" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig1a.png" x_imagewidth="100" x_imageheight="100"/></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
                                </Option>
                                <Match x_letter="c">
                                    <Paragraph>You go to the local caf&#xE9; and buy a coffee for &#xA3;2.35, a tea for &#xA3;1.40 and a croissant for &#xA3;1.85. How much do you spend? </Paragraph>
                                </Match>
                            </Matching>
                        </Interaction>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart></Activity><Section id="nonumber-idm204"><Title>1.1 Combining operations</Title><Paragraph>Often in daily life you will come across problems that require you to use more than just one of the operations in order to answer the question.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Combining operations</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Four friends are planning a holiday. The table below shows the costs:</Paragraph>
                    <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                        <TableHead>Table 1</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false"><b>Item</b></th>
                                <th borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false"><b>Price</b></th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false">Flight (return)</td>
                                <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false">&#xA3;305 per person</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false">Taxes</td>
                                <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false">&#xA3;60 per person</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false">Hotel</td>
                                <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false">&#xA3;500 per room. 2 people per room</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false">Taxi to airport</td>
                                <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" bordertop="false" borderbottom="false">&#xA3;45</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>The friends will be sharing the total cost equally between them. How much do they each pay?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>First we use multiplication to find the cost of items that we need more than one of:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Flights&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;305&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;1220</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Taxes = &#xA3;60&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;240</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Hotel&#xA0;=&#xA0;2 rooms required for 4&#xA0;people&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;500&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;1000</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Now we use addition to add these totals together along with the taxi fare:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;1220&#xA0;+&#xA0;&#xA3;240&#xA0;+&#xA0;&#xA3;1000&#xA0;+&#xA0;&#xA3;45&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;2505</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Finally, we need to use division to find out how much each person pays:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;2505&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA3;626.25&#xA0;each</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy><Activity><Heading>Activity 2: Combining operations</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Your current mobile phone contract costs you &#xA3;24.50 per month.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You are considering changing to a new provider. This provider charges &#xA3;19.80 per month along with an additional, one off connection fee of &#xA3;30.</Paragraph><Paragraph>How much will you save over the year by switching to the new provider?</Paragraph></Question><Answer><Paragraph>&#xA3;24.50&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;12&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;294&#xA0;(current&#xA0;provider)</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#xA3;19.80&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;12&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;237.60</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#xA3;237.60&#xA0;+&#xA0;&#xA3;30&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;267.60&#xA0;(new provider)</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#xA3;294&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;&#xA3;267.60&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;26.40&#xA0;saved</Paragraph></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>The answer to Activity 2 is a convenient, exact amount of money. However, often when you perform calculations, especially those involving division, you do not get an answer that is suitable for the question. This leads you to the next section: rounding.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>revised the four operations &#x2013; addition, subtraction, multiplication and division</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>practised using these operations including combining them to solve problems.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm268"><Title>2 Rounding</Title><Paragraph>Why might you want to round numbers? You may wish to estimate the answer to a calculation or to use a guide rather than work out the exact total. Alternatively, you might wish to round an answer to an exact calculation so that it fits a given purpose, for example an answer involving money cannot have more than 2 digits after the decimal point. You will now explore each of these examples in more detail and practise your rounding skills in context.</Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/rounding_arrows_new_size.png" src_uri="file:////dog/printlive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/rounding_arrows.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f420fc19" x_contenthash="f0fcafb4" x_imagesrc="rounding_arrows_new_size.png" x_imagewidth="380" x_imageheight="380"/>
                <Caption>Figure 2 Rounding up and down</Caption>
                <Description>Illustration of an up arrow and a down arrow</Description>
            </Figure><Section id="nonumber-idm275"><Title>2.1 Rounding up or down after division</Title><Paragraph>After carrying out a calculation you may not have an answer that is suitable. </Paragraph><Paragraph>For example, you are packing items and need to pack 100 items into boxes of 12. After performing the calculation 100&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;12 you arrive at an answer of 8.3333.</Paragraph><Paragraph>This is not particularly helpful as you cannot have 8.3333 boxes. Therefore, you need to round this answer up to 9 boxes. You cannot round down to 8 boxes since some of the items would not get packed. </Paragraph><Paragraph>In other situations, you may need to round an answer down. If you were cutting a length of wood that is 2&#xA0;m (200&#xA0;cm) long into smaller pieces of 35&#xA0;cm you would initially do the calculation 200&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;35. This would give an answer of 5.714&#x2026;. As you will only actually be able to get 5&#xA0;pieces of wood that are 35&#xA0;cm long, you need to round your answer of 5.714 down to simply 5.</Paragraph><Box><Paragraph><b>Note:</b> The three full stops used in the answer above (5.714&#x2026;) is a character called an ellipsis. In maths it is used to represent recurring decimal numbers so you don&#x2019;t have to display them all.</Paragraph></Box><Activity><Heading>Activity 3: Dividing and rounding</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Decide whether the following calculations need to be rounded up or down after calculation of the division sum.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Apples are being packed into boxes of 52. There are 1500 apples that need packing. How many boxes are required?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A bag of flour contains 1000&#xA0;g. Each batch of cakes requires 150&#xA0;g of flour. How many batches can you make?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A child gets &#xA3;2.50 pocket money each week. They want to buy a computer game that costs &#xA3;39.99. How many weeks will they need to save up in order to buy the game?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A length of copper pipe measures 180&#xA0;cm. How many smaller pieces that each measure 40&#xA0;cm can be cut from the pipe?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>1500 &#xF7; 52 = 28.84 which must be rounded up to 29 boxes.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>1000 &#xF7; 150 = 6.666 which must be rounded down to 6 batches.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;39.99 &#xF7; &#xA3;2.50 = 15.996 which must be rounded up to 16 weeks.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>180 &#xF7; 40 = 4.5 which must be rounded down to 4 pieces.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm307"><Title>2.2 Rounding to approximate an answer</Title><Paragraph>You might round in order to approximate an answer. At the coffee shop, you might want to buy a latte for &#xA3;2.85, a cappuccino for &#xA3;1.99 and a tea for &#xA3;0.99. It is natural to round these amounts up to &#xA3;3, &#xA3;2 and &#xA3;1 in order to arrive at an approximate cost of &#xA3;6 for all three drinks. </Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 4: Approximation</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Find an approximate answer to each of the following.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Cost of 3&#xA0;kg of bananas at 79p per kg.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The total cost of 3 books at &#xA3;1.99, &#xA3;2.85 and &#xA3;4.90.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Change from a &#xA3;20 note when &#xA3;3.84 has been spent.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Approximate cost of one carton of fruit juice when a pack of 4 are sold together for 99p.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Approximate cost: 3 &#xD7; 80p = 240p = &#xA3;2.40</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Approximate cost: &#xA3;2 + &#xA3;3 + &#xA3;5 = &#xA3;10</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Approximate change: &#xA3;20&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;&#xA3;4 = &#xA3;16</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Approximate cost of one carton: 100p &#xF7; 4 = 25p</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm333"><Title>2.3 Rounding to a degree of accuracy</Title><Paragraph>Watch the short video below to see an example of how to round to one, two and three decimal places.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_1_2_3_rounding.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_1_2_3_rounding_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="90f3f75d" x_subtitles="bltl_1_2_3_rounding.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>Rounding can be used when you're asked to give an answer to a given degree of accuracy. This is called rounding to decimal places, or d.p. In this video, you'll look at how to round to one, two, and three decimal places.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>
Take the number 25.782. How would you write this rounded to one decimal place? This is the first decimal place. Rounded to 1 d.p., the number could be either 25.7 or 25.8. Look at the digit next to the number 7. If this number is equal to or greater than 5, add one more. If it's less than 5, leave it. In this case, 8 is greater than 5, so our number rounded to 1 d.p. is 25.8. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Now, let's around a number to two decimal places. A common example of when you would do this in daily life is when dealing with money. If you were at a restaurant and needed to split a bill of &#xA3;87.95 between three people, you would first calculate the division. &#xA3;87.95 divided by 3 equals &#xA3;29.3166667. Clearly, you cannot pay this exact amount. So how much would you pay if the amount per person was rounded to two decimal places? </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>This is the second decimal place. Look at the number next to it. Is it greater than or equal to 5? 6 is more than 5, so you need to add 1. The amount to pay is &#xA3;29, 32 pence. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Let's try another example. How would you around the number 35.496 to two decimal places? This is the second decimal place. Look at the number next to it. 6 is greater than 5, so you need to add one more. In this case, the rounded number would be 35.50. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Can you round to three decimal places? Have a go with this number: 412.5762. The number next to the third decimal place is 2, which is less than 5. This means the correctly rounded number is 412.576.</Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    
                <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani01_maths_1_2_3_rounding.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="96c79c6d" x_imagesrc="ani01_maths_1_2_3_rounding.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="286"/>
                    </Figure></MediaContent><Paragraph>Remember this rounding rhyme to help you: </Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig3.png" width="main_50" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="a3869918" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig3.png" x_imagewidth="400" x_imageheight="520"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 3 A rounding rhyme</Caption>
                    <Description>A rounding rhyme. The text reads: Underline the digit, look next door. If it&#x2019;s 5 or greater, add one more. If it&#x2019;s less than 5, leave it for sure. Everything after is a zero, not more.</Description>
                </Figure><Activity><Heading>Activity 5: Rounding skills</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Practise your rounding skills by completing the below.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>What is 24.638 rounded to one decimal place?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>What is 13.4752 rounded to two decimal places?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>What is 203.5832 rounded to two decimal places?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>What is 345.6795 rounded to three decimal places?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>24.6</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>13.48</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>203.58</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>345.680</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to decide whether an answer to a division calculation needs to be to rounded up or down, depending on the context of the question</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how and when to use rounding to approximate an answer to a calculation</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to round an answer to a given degree of accuracy &#x2013; e.g. rounding to two decimal places.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm384"><Title>3 Negative numbers</Title><Paragraph>Negative numbers come into play in two main areas of life: money and temperature. Watch the animations below for some examples.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_1_3_negative.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_1_3_negative_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="bbf09954" x_subtitles="bltl_1_3_negative.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>Negative numbers come into play in two main areas of life: money and temperature. If your bank balance is showing as -&#xA3;250, this means that your balance is &#xA3;250 below zero. In other words, you owe the bank &#xA3;250. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Similarly, you'll be used to seeing winter weather forecasts predicting temperatures of -10 degrees Celsius. This means the temperature will be 10 degrees below zero degrees Celsius. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>It can be useful to think of a thermometer if you're trying to find the difference between two numbers, where one or both of the numbers are negative. If the temperature is increasing, you go up the thermometer. If the temperature is decreasing, you travel down the thermometer. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>For example, you'd like to know the answer to the sum [6 - 10]. Starting at number 6 on a thermometer and travelling down, it's easy to see that subtracting 10 will result in a number less than zero. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>What is the answer to the sum [-5 + 12]? This time, we're starting below zero and travelling up the thermometer by 12 places, giving an answer of 7.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Can you work out the answer to the sum [-1 - 8]? In this example, we start below zero and the answer is also below zero: -9. Now try the next activity for more practise with negative numbers.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                
            <Figure>
                    <Image width="100%" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani02_maths_1_3_negative.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="c8da2bf0" x_imagesrc="ani02_maths_1_3_negative.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="287"/>
                </Figure></MediaContent><Activity><Heading>Activity 6: Negative and positive temperature</Heading><Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question><NumberedList>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>The table below shows the temperatures of cities around the world on a given day.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList><Table position="floating" class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                                <TableHead>Table 2</TableHead>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>London</th>
                                        <th><b>Oslo</b></th>
                                        <th>New York</th>
                                        <th>Krak&#xF3;w</th>
                                        <th>Delhi </th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">4&#x2DA;C</td>
                                        <td>&#x2212;12C</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">7&#x2DA;C</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">&#x2212;3&#x2DA;C</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">19&#x2DA;C</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table><UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Which city was the warmest?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Which city was the coldest?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>What is the difference in temperature between the warmest and coldest cities?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList></Question>
                        <Answer><NumberedList>
                                <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Delhi was the warmest city as it has the highest positive temperature.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Oslo was the coldest city as it has the largest negative temperature.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>The difference between the temperatures in these cities is 31&#x2DA;C. </Paragraph><Paragraph>From 19&#x2DA;C down to 0&#x2DA;C is 19&#x2DA;C and then you need to go down a further 12&#x2DA;C to get to &#x2212;12&#x2DA;C.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList></Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>Look at this bank statement.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig4.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="5ac961df" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig4.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="365"/><Caption>Figure 4 A bank statement</Caption><Description>A bank statement with four columns: Date, Description, Amount and Balance. There are six lines under the column headings showing money paid in and out. (<i>Date column</i>): 09 Oct, 11 Oct, 15 Oct, 20 Oct, 21 Oct, 25 Oct. (<i>Description column</i>): Giro Credit, Direct Debit, Automated Pay In, Bank Giro Credit. Direct Debit, Bank Giro Credit. The (<i>Amount column</i>) is blank. (<i>Balance column</i>): 100.00, -20.00, 70.00, 100.00, -50.00, 200.00.</Description></Figure><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>On which days was Sonia Cedar overdrawn, and by how much?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How much money was withdrawn on 11 October?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How much was added to the account on 15 October?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList></Question>
                        <Answer><NumberedList class="decimal" start="2">
                                <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>The minus sign (&#x2212;) indicates that the customer is overdrawn, i.e. owes money to the bank.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The amount shows how much they owe. So Sonia Cedar was overdrawn on 11 October by &#xA3;20 and by &#xA3;50 on 21 October.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;120 was withdrawn on 11&#xA0;October. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The customer had &#xA3;100 in the account and must have withdrawn another &#xA3;20 (i.e. &#xA3;100&#xA0;+&#xA0;&#xA3;20&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;120 in total) in order to have a &#xA3;20 overdraft.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>The customer owed &#xA3;20 and is now &#xA3;70 in credit, so &#xA3;90 must have been added to the account. </Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList></Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>You have now learned how to use all four operations and how to work with negative numbers. Every other mathematical concept hinges around what you have learnt so far; so once you are confident with these, you can do anything! Fractions, for example, are linked very closely to division and multiplication. Let&#x2019;s put your newly found skills to good use in the next section, which deals with fractions.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>learned the two main contexts in which negative numbers arise in everyday life &#x2013; money (or debt!) and temperature</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>practised working with negative numbers in these contexts.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm482"><Title>4 Fractions</Title><Paragraph>You will be used to seeing fractions in your everyday life, particularly when you are out shopping or scouring the internet for the best deals. It&#x2019;s really useful to be able to work out how much you&#x2019;ll pay if an item is on sale or if a supermarket deal really is a good deal! </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig5.png" width="main_75" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="53311fc4" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig5.png" x_imagewidth="360" x_imageheight="389"/>
                <Caption>Figure 5 A poster advertising a sale</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of a sale poster reading &#x2018;Sale, many lines 1/3 off original price&#x2019;.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>There are several different elements to working with fractions. First you will look at how to express a quantity as a fraction of another quantity.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm490"><Title>4.1 Writing a quantity of an amount as a fraction</Title><Paragraph>Writing a quantity of an amount as a fraction might sound complicated, but it&#x2019;s actually very logical. Look at the example below.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/smarties_resize.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/bltl_math_l2_smarties.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f420fc19" x_contenthash="4c4788a6" x_imagesrc="smarties_resize.jpg" x_imagewidth="340" x_imageheight="510"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 6 Smarties in different colours</Caption>
                    <Description>A quantity of Smarties in different colours. 4 are red; 6 are blue; 5 are pink; 3 are green; 6 are yellow; 2 are orange; 4 are purple.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>In Figure 6, what fraction of Smarties are red?</Paragraph><Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">number of red smarties</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">total number of smarties</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>=<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">30</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract><Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">To express the fraction of Smarties that are red, you simply need to count the red Smarties (4) and the total number of Smarties (30) Since there are 4 red Smarties out of 30 altogether, the fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn mathsize="12pt">4</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn mathsize="12pt">30</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. It is worth noting here that this could also be written as 4/30. </Paragraph><Paragraph>You may well be asked to give an answer as a fraction in it&#x2019;s simplest form, which leads you nicely to the next section.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm529"><Title>4.2 Simplifying fractions</Title><Paragraph>Watch the video below which looks at how to simplify fractions before having a go yourself in Activity 7.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_1_4_2_simplifying_fractions.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_1_4_2_simplifying_fractions_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="f62e1fd3" x_subtitles="bltl_1_4_2_simplifying_fractions.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>In this video, you'll look at how to simplify fractions. You'll be used to seeing the results of company surveys given as fractions: '7/8 people say they were satisfied with our customer service'. This is an example of a fraction in its simplest form. It could be that 184 people were surveyed and that 161 of them responded to say they were satisfied. Although they are equivalent fractions, you can see that the fraction '7/8 people' is a lot more user friendly than saying 161/184 people responded to say they were satisfied. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>If you're asked to give an answer as a fraction in its simplest form, you firstly find a number that you can divide both parts of the fraction by, and divide it. For example, to simplify the fraction 12/18, you can divide both the top and the bottom number by 2, to give 6/9. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Keep going until you can't find a number that you can divide both parts of the fraction by. The fraction 6/9 can be divided again, this time by 3, to get 2/3. This is now the fraction in its simplest form.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Now let's simplify the fraction 40/120. Remember, find a number that you can divide both parts of the fraction by, and keep going until there is no longer a number that works. So, divide the top and bottom by 10. Divide the top and bottom by 2. Divide the top and bottom by 2. This is the fraction in its simplest form.</Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    
                <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani03_maths_1_4_2_simplifying_fractions.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="0bf0ee5f" x_imagesrc="ani03_maths_1_4_2_simplifying_fractions.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="289"/>
                    </Figure></MediaContent><Activity><Heading>Activity 7: Simplest form fractions</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A local supermarket conducted a survey of 100 customers. 86 of them said they felt they got good value for money. Express this as a fraction in its simplest form.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>30 people entered a raffle. 6 of these people won a prize. What fraction of people did not win a prize? Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The initial fraction here is 86/100. This simplifies to 43/50 (divide top and bottom by 2)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>As this question wants the number of people who did not win a prize we must first do 30&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;6&#xA0;=&#xA0;24 people did not win a prize. </Paragraph><Paragraph>As a fraction this becomes 24/30 which simplifies to 12/15 (divide top and bottom by 2).</Paragraph><Paragraph>This can be further simplified to 4/5 (divide top and bottom by 3).</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you can express a quantity as a fraction and simplify fractions, the next step is to be able to work out fractions of amounts. For example, if you see a jacket that was priced at &#xA3;80 originally but is in the sale with 2/5 off, it&#x2019;s useful to be able to work out how much you will be paying.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm557"><Title>4.3 Fractions of amounts</Title><Paragraph>Fractions of amounts can be found by using your division and multiplication skills. To work out a fraction of any amount you first divide your amount by the number on the bottom of the fraction &#x2013;&#xA0;the denominator. This gives you 1 part. </Paragraph><Paragraph>You then multiply that answer by the number on the top of the fraction &#x2013; the numerator. </Paragraph><Paragraph>It is worth noting here that if the number on the top of the fraction is 1, multiplying the answer will not change it so there is no need for this step. Take a look at the examples below.</Paragraph><CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Divide by the denominator</Heading>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>To find <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">5</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 90 we do 90&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;18. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Since the number on the top of our fraction is 1, we do not need to multiply 18 by 1 as it will not change the answer. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">5</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 90&#xA0;=&#xA0;18.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Multiply by the numerator</Heading>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>To find <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">7</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 42 we do 42&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;7&#xA0;=&#xA0;6. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This means that <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">7</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of&#xA0;42&#xA0;=&#xA0;6. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Since you want <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">7</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 42, we then do 6&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA0;24. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">7</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 42&#xA0;=&#xA0;24.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s go back to the jacket that used to cost &#xA3;80 but is now in the sale with 2/5 off. How do you find out how much it costs? Firstly, you need to find 2/5&#xA0;of&#xA0;80. To calculate this you do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;80&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;16 and then &#xA3;16&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;32</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>This means that you save &#xA3;32 on the price of the jacket. To find out how much you pay you then need to do &#xA3;80&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;&#xA3;32&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;48. </Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 8: Comparing fractions of amounts</Heading><Question><Paragraph>You are looking to buy house insurance and want to get the best deal. Put the following offers in order, from cheapest to most expensive, after the discount has been applied.</Paragraph><Table>
                            <TableHead>Table 3</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th><b>Company A </b></th>
                                    <th><b>Company B </b></th>
                                    <th><b>Company C</b></th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><Paragraph>&#xA3;120 per year</Paragraph></td>
                                    <td><Paragraph>&#xA3;147 per year</Paragraph></td>
                                    <td><Paragraph>&#xA3;104 per year</Paragraph></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><Paragraph>Special Offer: 1/3 off!</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#xA0;</Paragraph></td>
                                    <td><Paragraph>Special Offer: 2/7 off!</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#xA0;</Paragraph></td>
                                    <td><Paragraph>Special Offer: 1/4 off!</Paragraph><Paragraph><b>&#xA0;</b></Paragraph></td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table></Question><Answer><Paragraph>Company C is cheapest:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>1/4 of &#xA3;104 = &#xA3;104 &#xF7; 4 = &#xA3;26 discount</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;104 &#x2212; &#xA3;26 = &#xA3;78</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>Company A is second cheapest:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>1/3 of &#xA3;120 = &#xA3;120 &#xF7; 3 = &#xA3;40 discount</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;120 &#x2212; &#xA3;40 = &#xA3;80</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>Company B is most expensive:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>2/7 of &#xA3;147 = &#xA3;147 &#xF7; 7 &#xD7; 2 = &#xA3;42 discount</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;147 &#x2212; &#xA3;42 = &#xA3;105</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Discounts and special offers are not always advertised using fractions. Sometimes, you will see adverts with 10% off or 15% off. Another common area where we see percentages in everyday life would be when companies apply VAT&#xA0;at&#xA0;20% to items or when a restaurant adds a 12.5% service charge. The next section looks at what percentages are, and how to calculate them.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>learned how to express a quantity of an amount in the form of a fraction</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>learned how to, and practised, simplifying fractions</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>revised your knowledge on finding basic fractions of amounts and progressed to finding more complex fractions of amounts.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm696"><Title>5 Percentages</Title><Paragraph>The good news about percentages is if you can work out a fraction of an amount, you can work out a percentage of amount. </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig7.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig7.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="ecab40d2" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s1_fig7.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="190"/>
                <Caption>Figure 7 Percentage discounts in a sale</Caption>
                <Description>A series of tags sequentially reading &#x2018;Sale up to 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%&#x2019;.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">Percentages are just fractions where the number on the bottom of the fraction must be 100. If you wanted to find out 15% of 80 for example, you work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mi>15</mi>
                                            <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mi>100</mi>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </mstyle>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 80, which you already know how to do!</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm715"><Title>5.1 Calculating a percentage of an amount</Title><Paragraph>Working out the percentage of an amount requires a similar method to finding the fraction of an amount. Take a look at the examples below to increase your confidence. </Paragraph><CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Finding 17% of 80</Heading>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>17% of 80 = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>17</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>100</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 80, so we do:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>80&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;100&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;17&#xA0;=&#xA0;13.6</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Finding 24% of 60</Heading>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>24% of 60 = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>24</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>100</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 60, so we do: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>60 &#xF7; 100 &#xD7; 24 = 14.4</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Just as with fractions, you will often need to be able to work out the price of an item after it has been increased or decreased by a given percentage. The process for this is the same as with fractions; you simply work out the percentage of the amount and then add it to, or subtract it from, the original amount.</Paragraph><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 9: Percentages of amounts</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>You earn &#xA3;500 per month. You get a 5% pay rise.</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>How much does your pay increase by?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How much do you now earn per month?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>5% of &#xA3;500&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">100</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of &#xA3;500 = 500 &#xF7; 100 &#xD7; 5 = &#xA3;25.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;500 + &#xA3;25 = &#xA3;525 per month.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><Paragraph/><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>You buy a new car for &#xA3;9,500. By the end of the year its value has decreased by 20%.</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>How much has the value of the car decreased by?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How much is the car worth now?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>20% of &#xA3;9500 = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>20</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>100</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of &#xA3;9500 = &#xA3;9500 &#xF7; 100 &#xD7; 20 = &#xA3;1900. The car has decreased by &#xA3;1900. </Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>The car is now worth: &#xA3;9500 &#x2212; &#xA3;1900 = &#xA3;7600.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>You invest &#xA3;800 in a building society account which offers fixed-rate interest at 4% per year.</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>How much interest do you earn in one year?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How much do you have in your account at the end of the year?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>4% of &#xA3;800 = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">100</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of &#xA3;800 = &#xA3;800 &#xF7; 100 &#xD7; 4 = &#xA3;32 interest earned.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;800 + &#xA3;32 = &#xA3;832 in the account at the end of the year.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>There are two other skills that relate to percentages that are very useful to know. The first is percentage change. This can be useful for working out the percentage profit (or loss) or finding out by what percentage an item has increased or decreased in value. </Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm841"><Title>5.2 Percentage change</Title><Paragraph>Watch the video below on how to calculate percentage change, then complete Activity 10.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_1_5_2_percentage.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_1_5_2_percentage_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="7070952b" x_subtitles="bltl_1_5_2_percentage.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>You will already be familiar with the concept that if you buy a new car, when you come to sell it, its value is likely to have decreased. On the other hand, if you're lucky, when you buy a house and then wish to sell, you may be able to sell it for more than you bought it for. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The percentage difference between the original price and the sale price is called percentage change. This can be useful for working out the percentage profit, or loss, or finding out by what percentage an item has changed in value. It's important to recognise that percentage change can be either positive, if the price has increased, or negative, if the value of the item has gone down. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>To calculate the percentage change, we need to use the simple formula: percentage change equals the difference, divided by the original, multiplied by 100. 'Difference' refers to the difference between the two values. That is, the cost before and after. 'Original' means the original value of the item. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Let's use this formula in an example. A train ticket used to cost &#xA3;24. The price has gone up to &#xA3;27.60. How do we find the percentage increase? First, you need to find the difference in cost. The difference = &#xA3;27.60 - &#xA3;24, which is &#xA3;3.60. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Next, divide this difference by the original cost, and then multiply by 100. &#xA3;3.60 divided by &#xA3;24, x 100, = 15. The cost of the train ticket has increased by 15%. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Now try another example. You bought a car for &#xA3;4,500 and you managed to sell it for &#xA3;3,200. What is the percentage decrease? You should give your answer to two decimal places. The difference is &#xA3;4,500 - &#xA3;3,200, which = &#xA3;1,300. Divide this by the original cost of &#xA3;4,500. 1,300 divided by 4,500, x 100, equals a 28.89% per cent decrease. Now practise using the percentage change formula in the next activity.</Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    
                <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani04_maths_1_5_2_percentage.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="89818ff3" x_imagesrc="ani04_maths_1_5_2_percentage.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="287"/>
                    </Figure></MediaContent><Activity><Heading>Activity 10: Percentage change formula </Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><Paragraph>Practise using the percentage change formula which you learned about in the video above on the three questions below. Where rounding is required, give your answer to two decimal places.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Last year, your season ticket for the train cost &#xA3;1300. This year the cost has risen to &#xA3;1450. What is the percentage increase?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Difference: &#xA3;1450 &#x2212; &#xA3;1300 = &#xA3;150</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Original: &#xA3;1300</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Percentage change = &#xA3;150 &#xF7; &#xA3;1300 &#xD7; 100 = 11.54% increase (rounded to two d.p.)</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>You bought your house 10 years ago for &#xA3;155,000. You are able to sell your house for &#xA3;180,000. What is the percentage increase the house has made?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Difference: &#xA3;180,000 &#x2212; &#xA3;155,000 = &#xA3;25,000</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Original: &#xA3;155,000</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Percentage change = &#xA3;25,000 &#xF7; &#xA3;155,000 &#xD7; 100 = 16.13% increase (rounded to two d.p.)</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>You purchased your car 3 years ago for &#xA3;4200. You sell it to a buyer for &#xA3;3600. What is the percentage decrease of the car?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Difference: &#xA3;4200 &#x2212; &#xA3;3600 = &#xA3;600</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Original: &#xA3;4200</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Percentage change = &#xA3;600 &#xF7; &#xA3;4200 &#xD7; 100 = 14.29% decrease (rounded to two d.p.)</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm900"><Title>5.3 Reverse percentages</Title><Paragraph>Say you are out shopping and see a pair of shoes advertised with a sale price of &#xA3;35 and the shop is advertising 20% off everything. Whilst it is clear that &#xA3;35 is the sale price after the 20% discount has been applied, how much did the shoes cost originally? In this case, you cannot simply work out 20% of the &#xA3;35 and add it on &#x2013; you need to use reverse percentages.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: 80%&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;35</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>We know that 80% = &#xA3;35. Since we want to know what 100% is, we can start by finding what 1% is worth. We can do this by dividing both sides by 80. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Once we know what 1% is worth, we can find 100% (original price) by multiplying both sides by 100.</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Extract>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><b>80%&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;35</b></Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>[<i>&#xF7;&#xA0;both sides of the equation by&#xA0;80</i>]</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><b>1%&#xA0;=&#xA0;0.4375</b></Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>[<i>&#xD7;&#xA0;both sides of the equation by&#xA0;100</i>]</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><u><b>100%&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;43.75</b></u> (to two d.p.)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The original price of the shoes was therefore &#xA3;43.75. Whilst these calculations often require some rounding to be done with the answer, it is important that you do not round until the final stage. If you round too early, you risk altering the answer. </Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Take a look at one more example before trying one yourself. Let&#x2019;s say that you find a kettle that costs &#xA3;24.50. You can see from the ticket that it already has 15% taken off the original price. </Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: 85% = &#xA3;24.50</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>This time then, we know 85% of the original cost is worth &#xA3;24.50 (this is calculated by doing 100%&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;15%).</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Extract>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><b>85% = &#xA3;24.50</b></Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>[<i>&#xF7;&#xA0;both sides of the equation by&#xA0;85</i>]</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><b>1% = 0.28823&#x2026;</b></Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>[<i>&#xD7;&#xA0;both sides of the equation by&#xA0;100</i>]</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><u><b>100%&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;28.82</b></u></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>This approach can also be used if an item has increased by a given percentage. If, for example, you had a 5% pay rise and now earn &#xA3;400 a week, you could calculate in the same way with the starting figure of 105% = &#xA3;400.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 11: Reverse percentage problems</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Work out the original values in each question. Where rounding is required, round to two decimal places.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You buy a pair of trousers for &#xA3;40. They have had a 20% discount applied. What was the original cost of the trousers?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The local gym has a special offer on that gives 35% off when you buy an annual pass. The amount you would pay for the year for the annual pass would be &#xA3;120. How much would you have paid without the discount?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Your mobile phone provider has just put their prices up by 10%. You will now be paying &#xA3;25 a month for your contract. How much were you paying before the increase?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>20%&#xA0;discount means that 80% of the cost is&#xA0;&#xA3;40. Dividing each side by 80 gives 1%&#xA0;=&#xA0;0.5. </Paragraph><Paragraph>To get to 100%&#xA0;we multiply each side by 100&#xA0;giving&#xA0;100%&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;50. Original cost&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;50.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>35%&#xA0;discount means that 65% of the cost is&#xA0;&#xA3;120. Dividing each side by 65 gives 1%&#xA0;=&#xA0;1.84615&#x2026;.</Paragraph><Paragraph>To get to 100% we multiply each side by 100 giving 100%&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;184.62&#xA0;(to&#xA0;two&#xA0;d.p.).</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A 10% increase means that 110% of the cost is &#xA3;25. Dividing each side by&#xA0;110&#xA0;gives&#xA0;1%&#xA0;=&#xA0;0.22727&#x2026;. </Paragraph><Paragraph>To get to 100% we multiply each side by 100 giving&#xA0;100%&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;22.73&#xA0;(to two d.p.).</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Congratulations, you now know everything you need to know about percentages! As you have seen, percentages come up frequently in many different areas of life and having completed this section, you now have the skills and confidence to deal with all situations that involve them.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You saw at the beginning of the section that percentages are really just fractions. Decimals are also closely linked to both fractions and percentages. In the next section you will see just how closely related these three concepts are and also learn how to convert between each of them.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>the connection between fractions and decimals and used this to enable you to calculate a percentage of an amount</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to calculate percentage change using the formula</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>&#x2018;reverse percentages&#x2019; and practised using them in practical situations.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm985"><Title>6 Fractions, decimals and percentages</Title><Paragraph>You have already worked with decimals in this course and many times throughout your life. Every time you calculate something to do with money, you are using decimal numbers. You have also learned how to round a number to a given number of decimal places. </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig9.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig9.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="3eeb301e" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig9.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="187"/>
                <Caption>Figure 8 Equivalent decimals, fractions and percentages</Caption>
                <Description>Illustration showing equivalences: Decimal, 0.5; Fraction, 1/2; Percentage, 50%.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>Since fractions, decimals and percentages are all just different ways of representing the same thing, we can convert between them in order to compare. Take a look at the video below to see how to convert fractions, decimals and percentages.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_1_6_fractions_decimals_percentages.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_1_6_fractions_decimals_percentages_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="d05ed194" x_subtitles="bltl_1_6_fractions_decimals_percentages.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>Equivalent fractions, decimals, and percentages are all just different ways of representing the same thing, so you can convert between them to compare. First, let's look at turning percentages into decimals. Take the example of 60%. Remember that a percentage is out of 100. To turn a percentage into its equivalent decimal, you need to divide by 100. 60 divided by 100 = 0.6. So 0.6 is the equivalent decimal of 60%.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>What about 25%? Can you work out the equivalent decimal of 25% before the answer is revealed? Remember that 'cent' means 100. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>To turn 25% into its equivalent decimal, you need to divide 25 by 100, which = 0.25.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now let's find the equivalent fraction for the decimals we've calculated. To do this, you need to first turn it into a percentage and write it as a fraction out of 100. Using our previous examples, 0.6 or 60%, can be written as 60 over 100. 0.25, or 25%, can be written as 25 out of 100. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>However, these fractions are not written in their simplest form. Remember that to simplify fractions, you need to divide both parts by the same number and keep going until you can't find a number that you can divide both parts by. In their simplest form, 0.6 is written as the fraction 3/5. 0.25 is written as the fraction one quarter, or 1 over 4. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now looking at the table, you can see how percentages, decimals and fractions relate to each other. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Let's try one more example. Can you work out the equivalent decimal and fraction of 72%? 72 divided by 100 gives the decimal 0.72. To find the equivalent fraction, you need to change it into a percentage and then write it as a fraction out of 100. Then simplify the fraction into its simplest form, 18 out of 25, 18/25.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                
            <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani05_maths_1_6_fractions_decimals_percentages.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="c6b00391" x_imagesrc="ani05_maths_1_6_fractions_decimals_percentages.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="287"/>
                </Figure></MediaContent><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 12: Matching fractions, decimals and percentages</Heading><Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question><Paragraph>Choose the correct fraction for each percentage and decimal. </Paragraph></Question>
                        <Interaction>
                            <Matching>
                                <Option>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>7</mn>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                                </Option>
                                <Match x_letter="c">
                                    <Paragraph>&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;<b>35% = 0.35 =</b></Paragraph>
                                </Match>
                                <Option>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>2</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>5</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> </Paragraph>
                                </Option>
                                <Match x_letter="b">
                                    <Paragraph>&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;<b>40% = 0.4 =</b></Paragraph>
                                </Match>
                                <Option>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>6</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>12</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                                </Option>
                                <Match x_letter="a">
                                    <Paragraph>&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;<b>50% = 0.5&#xA0;=</b></Paragraph>
                                </Match>
                                <Option>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                                </Option>
                                <Match x_letter="d">
                                    <Paragraph>&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;<b>62.5% = 0.625 =</b></Paragraph>
                                </Match>
                            </Matching>
                        </Interaction>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>Fractions and percentages deal with splitting numbers into a given number of equal portions, or parts. When dealing with the next topic, ratio, you will still be splitting quantities into a given number of parts, but when sharing in a ratio, you do not share evenly. This might sound a little complicated but you&#x2019;ll have been doing it since you were a child.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>learned about the relationship between fractions, decimals and percentages and are now able to convert between the three.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm1082"><Title>7 Ratio</Title><Paragraph>As you can see from Figure 9, ratio is an important part of everyday life. </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_l2_s1_7_ratio_nursery_nurse.png" x_folderhash="a195456a" x_contenthash="bfa6eddf" x_imagesrc="bltl_l2_s1_7_ratio_nursery_nurse.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                <Caption>Figure 9 Day-to-day ratio</Caption>
                <Description>Cartoon of a teacher and several children playing in a school. A sign reads &#x2018;Adult to child ratio must be 1:4&#x2019;.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>Ratio questions can be asked in different ways. There are three main ways of asking a ratio question. Take a look at an example of each below and see if you can identify the differences.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Type 1</Heading>
                <Paragraph>A recipe for bread says that flour and water must be used in the ratio 5:3. If you wish to make 500&#xA0;g of bread, how much flour should you use?</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Type 2</Heading>
                <Paragraph>You are growing tomatoes. The instructions on the tomato feed say &#x2018;Use 1 part feed to 4&#xA0;parts water&#x2019;. If you use 600&#xA0;ml of water, how much tomato feed should you use?</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Type 3</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Ishmal and Ailia have shared some money in the ratio&#xA0;3:7. Ailia receives &#xA3;20 more than Ishmal. How much does Ishmal receive?</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Before discussing the differences in the types of question, it is important to understand how to tell which part of the ratio is which. If, for example, you have a group of men and women in the ratio of 5:4 &#x2013; as the men were mentioned first, they are the first part of the ratio. This is the case in all ratio questions. The order that the items are written in the question directly relates to the order of the given ratio.</Paragraph><Paragraph>In questions of type&#xA0;1, you are given the total amount that both ingredients must add to, in this example, 500&#xA0;g. In questions of type 2 however, you are not given the total amount but instead are given the amount of one part of the ratio. In this case you know that the 4 parts of water total 600&#xA0;ml. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The final type of ratio question does not give us either the total amount or the amount of one part of the ratio. Instead, it gives us just the difference between the first and second part of the ratio. Whilst neither type of ratio question is more complicated than the others, it is useful to know which type you are dealing with as the approach for solving each type of problem is slightly different.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm1102"><Title>7.1 Solving ratio problems where the total is given</Title><Paragraph>The best way for you to understand how to solve these problems is to look through the worked example in the video below.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_1_7_1_ratio.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_1_7_1_ratio_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="dc6d6e12" x_subtitles="bltl_1_7_1_ratio.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>To understand how to solve ratio problems where the total is given, it's best to look through a worked example. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>An art shop is ordering paint. They work out that they need to order red and blue paint in the ratio 3:4. They order a total of 56 cans of paint. How many of those cans are blue paint? </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The first step to finding out, is to work out the total number of parts by adding together the parts of the ratio. If there are three parts red and four parts blue, that makes a total of seven parts altogether. Next, you need to work out what one part is worth. To do this, divide the total number of paint cans ordered, by the total number of parts. 56 divided by 7 equals 8. One part is worth eight cans. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Now, you know that one part of paint is 8 cans, you can work out what four parts are worth. 8 x 4 = 32. So the art shop needs to order 32 cans of blue paint. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Can you think of an extra check that you can carry out to confirm your answer? Well as you know what one part of paint is worth, you can also work out how many cans of red paint need to be ordered. 3 parts x 8 cans = 24 cans of red paint. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The total of red paint and blue paint should be 56. So you can check your answer by adding together the number of cans of each. 32 + 24 is indeed 56 cans. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So in summary, the steps for solving a ratio question like this are: </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>One. Add together the parts of the ratio. 3 + 4 = 7. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Two. Take the total amount given and divide by the sum of the ratio parts. 56 divided by 7 = 8. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Three. Finally, take the answer for step two, 8, and multiply by whichever part of the ratio you're interested in finding. 8 x 4 = 32.</Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    
                <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani06_maths_1_7_1_ratio.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="a55dddce" x_imagesrc="ani06_maths_1_7_1_ratio.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="287"/>
                    </Figure></MediaContent><Activity><Heading>Activity 13: Ratio problems where the total is given</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Try solving these ratio problems:</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>To make mortar you need to mix soft sand and cement in the ratio 4:1. You need to make a total of 1500 g of mortar. How much soft sand will you need?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>To make the mocktail &#x2018;Sea Breeze&#x2019;, you need to mix cranberry juice and grapefruit juice in the ratio 4:2. You want to make a total of 2700 ml of mocktail. How much grapefruit juice should you use?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Add the parts of the ratio: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>4 + 1 = 5</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Divide the total amount required by the sum of the parts of the ratio:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>1500 g &#xF7; 5 = 300 g</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Since soft sand is 4 parts, we do 300 g &#xD7; 4 = 1200 g of soft sand.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Add the parts of the ratio:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>4 + 2 = 6</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Divide the total amount required by the sum of the parts of the ratio:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>2700 ml &#xF7; 6 = 450 ml</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Since grapefruit juice is 2 parts, we do 450&#xA0;ml&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;900&#xA0;ml of grapefruit juice.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm1150"><Title>7.2 Solving ratio problems where the total of one part of the ratio is given</Title><Paragraph>Take a look at the worked example below:</Paragraph><Extract>
                    <Paragraph>You are growing tomatoes. The instructions on the tomato feed say: </Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><b>Use 1 part feed to 4 parts water</b></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>If you use 600&#xA0;ml of water, how much tomato feed should you use?</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Paragraph>These questions make much more sense if you look at them visually:</Paragraph><Extract>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="458d816b" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="340"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 10 Solving ratio problems to grow tomatoes</Caption>
                        <Description>Illustration showing a jug filled up to 600 ml with water. The text reads &#x2018;Feed:Water, 1:4&#x2019;. An arrow points from the number 4 to &#x2018;600 ml&#x2019;. Another arrow points from the number 1 to a question mark.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </Extract><Extract>
                    <Paragraph>You can now see clearly that&#xA0;600&#xA0;ml&#xA0;of water is worth 4 parts of the ratio. To find one part of the ratio you need to do:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>600&#xA0;ml&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA0;150&#xA0;ml</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Since the feed is only 1 part, feed must be 150&#xA0;ml. If feed was more than one part you would multiply 150&#xA0;ml by the number of parts.</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Activity><Heading>Activity 14: Ratio problems with one part given </Heading><Question><Paragraph>Practise your skills by tackling the ratio problems below:</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A recipe requires flour and butter to be used in the ratio 3:5. The amount of butter used is 700&#xA0;g. How much flour will be needed?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>When looking after children aged between 7 and 10, the ratio of adults to children must be 1:8.</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>For a group of 32 children, how many adults must there be?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>If there was one more child in the group, how would this affect the number of adults required?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Flour:Butter </Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="05774944" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part2.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="340"/><Caption>Figure 11 Using ratios in recipes</Caption><Description>Illustration showing kitchen weighing scales measuring 700 g. The text reads &#x2018;Flour:Butter, 3:5&#x2019;. An arrow points from the number 5 to &#x2018;700 g&#x2019;. Another arrow points from the number 3 to a question mark</Description></Figure><Paragraph>To find one part you do 700&#xA0;g&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;140&#xA0;g</Paragraph><Paragraph>To find the amount of flour needed you then do&#xA0;140&#xA0;g&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;420&#xA0;g flour.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>(a)</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part3.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="947d7a58" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig8_part3.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="339"/><Caption>Figure 12 Working out ratios of adults to children</Caption><Description>Illustration showing an adult and 8 children. The text reads &#x2018;Adults:Children, 1:8&#x2019;. An arrow points from the number 8 to &#x2018;32&#x2019;. Another arrow points from the number 1 to a question mark.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>To find one part you do&#xA0;32&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;8&#xA0;=&#xA0;4.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Since adults are only 1 part, you need 4 adults.</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph><Paragraph>(b) If there were 33 children, one part would be 33&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;8&#xA0;=&#xA0;4.125. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Since you cannot have 4.125 adults, you need to round up to 5 adults so you would need one more adult for 33 children.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm1207"><Title>7.3 Solving ratio problems where only the difference in amounts is given</Title><Paragraph>Earlier in the section you came across the question below. Let&#x2019;s have a look at how we could solve this.</Paragraph><Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Ishmal and Ailia have shared some money in the ratio 3:7. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Ailia receives &#xA3;20 more than Ishmal. How much does Ishmal receive?</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><b>Ishmal:Ailia</b></Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2002;&#x2002;<b>3:7</b></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>You know that the difference between the amount received by Ishmal and the amount received by Ailia is &#xA3;20. You can also see that Ailia gets 7 parts of the money whereas Ishmal only gets 3. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The difference in parts is therefore 7&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;4.&#xA0;So&#xA0;4&#xA0;parts&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;20.</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Now this is established, you can work out the value of one part by doing:</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#xA3;20&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;5</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Extract>
                    <Paragraph>As you want to know how much Ishmal received you now do:</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#xA3;5&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;15</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Extract>
                    <Paragraph>As an extra check, you can work out Ailia&#x2019;s by doing: &#xA3;5&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;7&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;35</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This is indeed &#xA3;20 more than Ishmal.</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Activity><Heading>Activity 15: Ratio problems where difference given</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Now try solving this type of problem for yourself. </Paragraph><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The ratio of female to male engineers in a company is 2:9. At the same company, there are 42 more male engineers than females. How many females work for this company?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A garden patio uses grey and white slabs in the ratio 3:5. You order 30 fewer grey slabs than white slabs. How many slabs did you order in total?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The difference in parts between males and females is 9&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;7&#xA0;parts.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You know that these 7&#xA0;parts&#xA0;=&#xA0;42&#xA0;people.</Paragraph><Paragraph>To find 1 part you do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>42&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;7&#xA0;=&#xA0;6</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now you know that 1 part is worth 6 people, you can find the number of females by doing </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>6&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;12&#xA0;females</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The difference in parts between grey and white is 5&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;2&#xA0;parts. These 2 parts are worth 30. To find 1 part you do: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>30&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;15</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>To find grey slabs do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>15&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;45</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>To find white slabs do: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>15&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;75</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now you know both grey and white totals, you can find the total number of slabs by doing:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>45&#xA0;+&#xA0;75&#xA0;=&#xA0;120&#xA0;slabs in total</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Even though there are different ways of asking ratio questions, the aim of any ratio question is to determine the value of one part. Once you know this, the answer is simple to find! </Paragraph><Paragraph>Ratio can also be used in less obvious ways. Imagine you are baking a batch of scones and the recipe makes 12 scones. However, you need to make 18 scones rather than 12. How do you work out how much of each ingredient you need? The final ratio section deals with other applications of ratio.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm1271"><Title>7.4 Other applications of ratio</Title><Paragraph>A very common and practical use of ratio is when you want to change the proportions of a recipe. All recipes state the number of portions they will make, but this is not always the number that you wish to make &#x2013; you may wish to make more or less than the actual recipe gives. If you wanted to make 18 scones but only have a recipe that makes 12, how do you know how much of each ingredient to use? </Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><u><b>To make 12 scones</b></u></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>400&#xA0;g self-raising flour</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>1 tablespoon caster sugar</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>80&#xA0;g butter</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>250&#xA0;ml milk</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/scones_new_resize.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/printlive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/scones.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f420fc19" x_contenthash="1e6e2152" x_imagesrc="scones_new_resize.jpg" x_imagewidth="420" x_imageheight="282"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 13 Scones on a plate</Caption>
                </Figure><Paragraph>As you already know the ingredients to make 12 scones, you need to know how much of each ingredient to make an extra 6 scones. Since 6 is half of 12, if you halve each ingredient, you will have the ingredients for the extra 6 scones. To find the total for 18 scones you need to add together the ingredients for the 12 scones and the 6 scones. </Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead>Table 4</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false"><b>12 scones</b></td>
                            <td borderright="false"><b>6 scones</b></td>
                            <td borderright="false"><b>18 scones</b></td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">400 g flour</td>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">400 &#xF7; 2 = 200 g flour</td>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">400 g + 200 g = 600 g flour</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">1 tablespoon caster sugar</td>
                            <td borderright="false" borderbottom="false">1 &#xF7; 2 = &#xBD; tablespoon caster sugar</td>
                            <td borderright="false" borderbottom="false">1 + &#xBD; = 1 &#xBD; tablespoons caster sugar</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">80 g butter</td>
                            <td borderright="false" borderbottom="false">80 &#xF7; 2 = 40 g butter</td>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">80 g + 40 g = 120 g butter</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">250 ml milk</td>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">125 ml milk</td>
                            <td borderleft="false" borderright="false" borderbottom="false">250 ml + 125 ml = 375 ml milk</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table><Paragraph>Have a go at the activity below to check your skills.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 16: Ratio and recipes</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>This recipe makes 18 biscuits</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>220&#xA0;g self-raising flour</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>150&#xA0;g butter</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>100&#xA0;g caster sugar</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>2&#xA0;eggs</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed for 9 biscuits?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Since 9 is half of 18, you need to halve each ingredient to find the amount required to make 9 biscuits.
</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>220g&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;110&#xA0;g flour</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>150g&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;75 g butter</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>100g&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;50&#xA0;g sugar</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>2&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;1&#xA0;egg</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>To make strawberry milkshake you need:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>630&#xA0;ml milk</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>3 scoops of ice cream</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>240&#xA0;g of strawberries</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>The recipe serves 3</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed for 9 people?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>You know the ingredients for 3 but want to know the ingredients for 9. Since 9 is three times as big as 3, you need to multiply each ingredient by 3.</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>630&#xA0;ml&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;1890&#xA0;ml&#xA0;milk</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>3&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;9&#xA0;scoops of ice cream</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>240&#xA0;g&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;720&#xA0;g&#xA0;of&#xA0;strawberries</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Angel Delight recipe:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Add 60&#xA0;g powder to 300&#xA0;ml cold milk</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Serves 2 people</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed to serve 5 people?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>You know the ingredients for 2 people. You can find ingredients for 4 people by doubling the ingredients for 2. You then need ingredients for an extra 1 person. Since 1 is half of 2, you can halve the ingredients for 2 people.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>60&#xA0;g&#xA0;+&#xA0;60&#xA0;g&#xA0;+&#xA0;30&#xA0;g&#xA0;=&#xA0;150&#xA0;g&#xA0;powder</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>300&#xA0;ml&#xA0;+&#xA0;300&#xA0;ml&#xA0;+&#xA0;150&#xA0;ml&#xA0;=&#xA0;750&#xA0;ml&#xA0;milk</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>The final practical application of ratio can be very useful when you are out shopping. Supermarkets often try and encourage us to buy in bulk by offering larger &#x2018;value&#x2019; packs. But how can you work out if this is actually a good deal? Take a look at the example below.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Ratio and shopping</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Which of the boxes below offers the best value for money?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig10.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig10.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="8cf8b041" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig10.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="339"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 14 Shopping options: tea</Caption>
                        <Description>Illustration of two boxes of teabags. One box contains 40 teabags and costs &#xA3;1.20. The other box contains 240 teabags and costs &#xA3;9.60.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>To work out which is the best value for money we need to find the price of 1 teabag.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If 40 teabags cost &#xA3;1.20 then to find the cost of 1 teabag you do:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>&#xA3;1.20&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;40&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;0.03,&#xA0;or&#xA0;3p</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>If 240 teabags cost &#xA3;9.60 then to find the cost of 1 teabag you do:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>&#xA3;9.60&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;240&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;0.04,&#xA0;or&#xA0;4p</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The box containing 40 teabags is therefore better value than the larger box.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Activity><Heading>Activity 17: Practical applications of ratio</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><Paragraph>Use the activity below to practise your skills.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>In each picture, work out which deal is the best value for money.</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_a_downsize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="a1ee13c2" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_a_downsize.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="376"/><Caption>Figure 15 Cola options</Caption><Description>Two bottles of cola. One is 2 litres and costs 64 pence. The other is 3 litres and costs 99 pence.</Description></Figure></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>2&#xA0;litres&#xA0;cost&#xA0;64&#xA0;p,&#xA0;so&#xA0;1&#xA0;litre&#xA0;costs&#xA0;64&#xA0;p&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;32p.</Paragraph><Paragraph>3&#xA0;litres&#xA0;cost&#xA0;99p,&#xA0;so&#xA0;1&#xA0;litre&#xA0;costs&#xA0;99p&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;33p.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Comparing the cost of 1 litre in each case, we see that the 2-litre bottle is the best buy. </Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="2"><SubListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_b_downsize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_b.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="7eb8c86b" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_b_downsize.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="376"/><Caption>Figure 16 Milk options</Caption><Description>Two cartons of milk. One is 1 pint and costs 26 pence. The other is 4 pints and costs 92 pence.</Description></Figure></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="2"><SubListItem><Paragraph>1&#xA0;pint costs 26p. </Paragraph><Paragraph>4-pint carton costs 92p, so 1 pint costs&#xA0;92p&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA0;23p.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Comparing the cost of 1 pint of milk in each case, we see that the 4-pint carton is the best buy.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="3"><SubListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_c_downsize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_c.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="ac31838d" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_c_downsize.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="277"/><Caption>Figure 17 Washing powder options</Caption><Description>Two boxes of washing powder. One is 2 kg and costs &#xA3;3. The other is 5 kg and costs &#xA3;10.</Description></Figure></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="3"><SubListItem><Paragraph>5&#xA0;kg&#xA0;costs&#xA0;&#xA3;10, so&#xA0;1&#xA0;kg&#xA0;costs&#xA0;&#xA3;10&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;2.</Paragraph><Paragraph>2&#xA0;kg&#xA0;cost&#xA0;&#xA3;3,&#xA0;so&#xA0;1&#xA0;kg&#xA0;costs&#xA0;&#xA3;3&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;1.50.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Comparing the cost of 1&#xA0;kg of powder in each case, we see that the 2&#xA0;kg box is the best buy.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList class="decimal" start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Two supermarkets sell the same brand of juice. Shop B is offering &#x2018;buy one get second one half price&#x2019; for apple juice and &#x2018;buy one get one free&#x2019; for orange juice. </Paragraph><Paragraph>For each type of juice which shop is offering the best deal?</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_d_downsize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_d.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="7cb23ae9" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_d_downsize.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="324"/><Caption>Figure 18 Apple juice options</Caption><Description>Two 1 litre cartons of apple juice. The cost in Shop A is 52 pence. The cost in Shop B is 72 pence plus the offer &#x2018;Buy one get second one half price&#x2019;.</Description></Figure></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList class="decimal" start="2">
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Shop&#xA0;A: 1&#xA0;litre&#xA0;costs&#xA0;52p</Paragraph><Paragraph>Shop&#xA0;B: 2&#xA0;litres cost 72p&#xA0;+&#xA0;36p&#xA0;=&#xA0;108p&#xA0;(here we pay 72p for the first litre and 36p for second litre), so 1&#xA0;litre costs 108p&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;54p.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Comparing the cost of 1&#xA0;litre of apple juice in each case, we see that Shop&#xA0;A&#xA0;offers the better deal.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="2"><SubListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_e_downsize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_e.png" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="a7f77689" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig11_part_e_downsize.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="324"/><Caption>Figure 19 Orange juice options</Caption><Description>Two 1 litre cartons of orange juice. The cost in Shop A is 39 pence. The cost in Shop B is 76 pence plus the offer &#x2018;Buy one get one free&#x2019;.</Description></Figure></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList class="decimal" start="2">
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="2"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Shop&#xA0;A: 1&#xA0;litre&#xA0;costs&#xA0;39p</Paragraph><Paragraph>Shop B: 2&#xA0;litres cost 76p&#xA0;(we get 1&#xA0;litre free), so 1&#xA0;litre costs: 76p&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;38p.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Comparing the cost of 1&#xA0;litre of orange juice in each case, we see that Shop B offers the better deal.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>You have now completed all elements of the ratio section and hopefully are feeling confident with each topic. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The next section of the course deals with formulas. This might sound daunting but you have actually already used a formula. Remember when you learned about how to work out the percentage change of an item? To do that you used a simple formula and you will now take a closer look at slightly more complex formulas. </Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>learned about the three different types of ratio problems and that the aim of any ratio problem is to find out how much one part is worth</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>practised solving each type of ratio problem:</Paragraph><BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>where the total amount is given</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>where you are given the total of only one part</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>where only the difference in amounts is given</Paragraph></SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>learned about other useful applications of ratio, such as changing the proportions of a recipe.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm1534"><Title>8 Formulas</Title><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig12_resize_2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig12.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="95d1861c" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig12_resize_2.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="324"/>
                <Caption>Figure 20 Formulas</Caption>
                <Description>Illustration showing examples of formulas.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>Before diving in to this topic, you first need to learn about the order in which you need to carry out operations. Have you ever seen a question like the one below posted on social media?</Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig13.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig13.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="8a438613" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig13.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="246"/>
                <Caption>Figure 21 A calculation using the four operations </Caption>
                <Description>Illustration showing the text &#x2018;What is the answer?&#x2019; and the sum &#x2018;7 + 7 &#xF7; 7 + 7 x 7 &#x2013; 7&#x2019;.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>There are usually a wide variety of answers given by various people. But how is it possible that such a simple calculation could cause so much confusion? It&#x2019;s all to do with the order in which you carry out the calculations.</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>If you go from left to right:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>7&#xA0;+&#xA0;7&#xA0;=&#xA0;14</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>14&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;7&#xA0;= 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>2&#xA0;+&#xA0;7&#xA0;=&#xA0;9</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>9&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;7&#xA0;=&#xA0;63</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>63&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;7&#xA0;=&#xA0;56</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>The correct answer however, is actually 50. How do you arrive at this answer? You have to use the correct order of operations, sometimes called BIDMAS.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm1561"><Title>8.1 Order of operations</Title><Paragraph>The order in which you carry out operations can make a big difference to the final answer. When doing any calculation that involves doing more than one operation, you must follow the rules of BIDMAS in order to arrive at the correct answer.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig14.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig14.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="e3a9e918" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig14.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="392"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 22 The BIDMAS order of operations</Caption>
                    <Description>Illustration of the word BIDMAS. 
&#x2018;B&#x2019; stands for Brackets.
&#x2018;I&#x2019; stands for Indices.
&#x2018;DM&#x2019; stands for Divide &amp; Multiply.
&#x2018;AS&#x2019; stands for Add &amp; Subtract.
An arrow under the word BIDMAS is labelled &#x2018;Order of Operations&#x2019; and points from left to right.
</Description>
                </Figure><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>B: Brackets</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Any calculation that is in brackets must be done first.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><b>Example</b>:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>2&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;(3&#xA0;+&#xA0;5)</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>2&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;8&#xA0;=&#xA0;16</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Note that this could also be written as 2&#xA0;(3&#xA0;+&#xA0;5) because if a number is next to a bracket, it means you need to multiply</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading><b>I: Indices</b></Heading>
                    <Paragraph>After any calculations in brackets have been done, you must deal with any calculations involving indices or powers i.e. </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>3<sup>2</sup>&#xA0;=&#xA0;3&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>or</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>4<sup>3</sup>&#xA0;=&#xA0;4&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph><b>Example</b>:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>3&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4<sup>2</sup></Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>3&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;(4&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4)</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>3&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;16&#xA0;=&#xA0;48</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading><b>D: Divide </b></Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Next come any division or multiplication calculations. Of these two calculations, it does not matter which you do first.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><b>Example</b>:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>16&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;10&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>16&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;14</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading><b>M: Multiply</b></Heading>
                    <Paragraph><b>Example</b>:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>5&#xA0;+&#xA0;6&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;2</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>5&#xA0;+&#xA0;12&#xA0;=&#xA0;17</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading><b>A: Add</b></Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Finally, any calculations involving addition or subtraction are done. Again, it does not matter which of these two are done first.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading><b>S: Subtract</b></Heading>
                    <Paragraph><b>Example</b>:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>24 + 10 &#x2212; 2</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>34 &#x2212; 2 = 32</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph><b>or</b> </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>24&#xA0;+&#xA0;8&#xA0;=&#xA0;32</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><Activity><Heading>Activity 18: Using BIDMAS</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Now have a go at carrying out the following calculations yourself. Make sure you apply BIDMAS!</Paragraph><NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>4 + 3 &#xD7; 2</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>5 (4 &#x2212; 1)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>36 &#xF7; 3<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>7 + 15 &#xF7; 3 &#x2212; 4</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>4 + 6 = 10</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>5 &#xD7; 3 = 15</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>36 &#xF7; 9 = 4</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>7 + 5 &#x2212; 4 = 8</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you have learned the rules of BIDMAS you are ready to apply them when using formulas.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm1651"><Title>8.2 Formulas in practice</Title><Paragraph>You will already have come across and used formulas in your everyday life. For example, if you are trying to work out how long to cook a fresh chicken for you may have used the formula:</Paragraph><Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Paragraph>Time&#xA0;(minutes)&#xA0;=&#xA0;15&#xA0;+&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>w</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>500</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;25 where &#x2018;<i>w</i>&#x2019; is the weight of the chicken in grams.</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Paragraph>For example, if you wanted to cook a chicken that weighs 2500&#xA0;g you would do:</Paragraph><Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Paragraph>Time (minutes) = 15 + <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>2500</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>500</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> &#xD7; 25</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Paragraph>Remembering to use BIDMAS you would then get:</Paragraph><Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Time (minutes)&#xA0;=&#xA0;15&#xA0;+&#xA0;5&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;25</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#xA0;&#xA0;=&#xA0;15&#xA0;+&#xA0;125</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#xA0;&#xA0;=&#xA0;140&#xA0;minutes</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s look at another worked example before you try some on your own.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The owner of a guest house receives a gas bill. It has been calculated using the formula: </Paragraph><Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Paragraph>Cost of gas (&#xA3;) = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">8</mi>
                                                  <mstyle mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi>d</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal"> + </mi>
                                                  <mo mathvariant="normal">&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal"> </mi>
                                                  <mstyle mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>u</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>100</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract><Box><Paragraph><b>Note</b>: 8<i>d</i> means you do 8&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;<i>d</i>.</Paragraph></Box><Paragraph>Where <i>d</i> = number of days and <i>u</i> = number of units used</Paragraph><Paragraph>If she used 3500 units of gas in 90 days, how much is the bill?</Paragraph><Paragraph>In this example, <i>d</i> = 90 and <i>u</i> = 3500 so you do:</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Paragraph>Cost of gas (&#xA3;) =&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">8</mn>
                                                <mo mathsize="12pt">&#x2062;</mo>
                                                <mtext mathsize="12pt">&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                <mo mathsize="12pt">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                <mtext mathsize="12pt">&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">90 + 3500</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">100</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>720 + 3500</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>100</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>4220</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>100</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2002;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;42.20</Paragraph>
                </Extract><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 19: Using formulas</Heading><Question><NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Fuel consumption in Europe is calculated in litres per 100 kilometres. A formula to approximate converting from miles per gallon to litres per 100 kilometres is:</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>L</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>280</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>M</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><Paragraph>Where <i>L</i> = number of litres per 100 kilometres and <i>M</i> = number of miles per gallon.</Paragraph><Paragraph>A car travels 40 miles per gallon. What is this in litres per kilometres?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You can convert temperatures from degrees Fahrenheit to degrees Celsius by using the formula:</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>C</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mo>(</mo>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="italic">F </mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mo>&#x2212;</mo>
                                                  <mi> </mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi>32)</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>9</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><Paragraph>Where <i>C</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;temperature in degrees Celsius and <i>F</i> = temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.</Paragraph><Paragraph>If the temperature is 104 degrees Fahrenheit, what is the temperature in degrees Celsius?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>L</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>280</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>M</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation>and in this case M&#xA0;=&#xA0;40</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>L</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>280</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>40</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>L</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;7 litres per 100 kilometres</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>C</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">5</mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">(</mi>
                                                  <mi>F</mi>
                                                  <mi> </mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mo>&#x2212;</mo>
                                                  <mi> </mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi>32)</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">9</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation>and in this case <i>F</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;104</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>C</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">5</mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi>(104</mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi> </mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2212;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi> 32)</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">9</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>C</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">5</mi>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi>(72)</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">9</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>C </i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>360</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>9</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>C</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;40 degrees Celsius</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you have learned all the skills that relate to the number section of this course, there is just one final thing you need to be able to do before you will be ready to complete the end-of-session quiz for numbers. </Paragraph><Paragraph>You are now proficient at carrying out lots of different calculations including working out fractions and percentages of numbers, using ratio in different contexts and using formulas. </Paragraph><Paragraph>It is fantastic that you can now do all these things, but how do you check if an answer is correct? One way you can check would be to approximate an answer to the calculation (as you did in Section&#xA0;2.2). Another way to check an answer is to use the inverse (opposite) operation.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>learned about, and practised using BIDMAS &#x2013; the order in which operations must be carried out</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>seen examples of formulas used in everyday life and practised using formulas to solve a problem.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm1984"><Title>9 Checking your answers</Title><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig15_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session1/output_1/4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig15.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="bdbf0e83" x_contenthash="d070ae42" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s1_rs_v3_4001_bltl_l2_s2_fig15_resize.png" x_imagewidth="400" x_imageheight="323"/>
                <Caption>Figure 23 Inverse operations</Caption>
                <Description>A clapper board with the title &#x2018;Inverse Operations&#x2019; and showing a two-row table. The first row of the table reads &#x2018;Operation: +, &#x2013;, x, &#xF7;&#x2019;. The second row of the table reads &#x2018;Inverse: &#x2013;, +, &#xF7;, x&#x2019;. </Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>An inverse operation is an opposite operation. In a sense, it &#x2018;undoes&#x2019; the operation that has just been performed. Let&#x2019;s look at two simple examples to begin with.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Check your working 1</Heading>
                <Paragraph>6&#xA0;+&#xA0;10&#xA0;=&#xA0;16</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>Since you have done an addition sum, the inverse operation is subtraction. To check this calculation, you can either do:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>16&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;10&#xA0;=&#xA0;6</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>or</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>16&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;6&#xA0;=&#xA0;10</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy><Paragraph>You will notice here that the same 3 numbers (6, 10 and 16) have been used in all the calculations.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Check your working 2</Heading>
                <Paragraph>5&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;15</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>This time, since you have done a multiplication sum, the inverse operation is division. To check this calculation, you can either do:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>15&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;3</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>or</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>15&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;5</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Again, you will notice that the same 3 numbers (3, 5 and 15) have been used in all the calculations. </Paragraph><Paragraph>If you have done a more complicated calculation, involving more than one step, you simply &#x2018;undo&#x2019; each step. </Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Check your working 3</Heading>
                <Paragraph>A coat costing &#xA3;40 has a discount of 15%. How much do you pay?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>Firstly, we find out 15% of &#xA3;40:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>40&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;100&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;15&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;6 discount</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>&#xA3;40&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;&#xA3;6&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;34&#xA0;to pay</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>To check this calculation, firstly you would check the subtraction sum by doing the addition:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>&#xA3;34&#xA0;+&#xA0;&#xA3;6&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;40</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>To check the percentage calculation, you then do:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>&#xA3;6&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;15&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;100&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;40</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy><Paragraph>You have now completed the number section of the course. Before moving on to the next session, &#x2018;Units of measure&#x2019;, complete the quiz on the following page to check your knowledge and understanding. </Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>learned that each of the four operations has an inverse operation (its opposite) and that these can be used to check your answers</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>seen examples and practised checking answers using the inverse operation.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm2035"><Title>10 Session 1 quiz</Title><Paragraph>Now it&#x2019;s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph><Paragraph><a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw/mod/quiz/view.php?id=85477">Session 1 quiz</a>.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding ctrl [or cmd on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Although the quizzes in this course do not require you to show your working to gain marks, real exams would do so. We therefore encourage you to practise this by using a paper and pen to clearly work out the answers to the questions. This will also help you to make sure you get the right answer.</Paragraph></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm2042"><Title>11 Session 1 summary</Title><Paragraph>You have now completed Session 1, &#x2018;Working with numbers&#x2019;. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer back to this section of the course and retry the activities.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You should now be able to:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use the four operations to solve problems in context</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand rounding and look at different ways of doing this</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solve equations involving negative numbers</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use fractions, decimals and percentages and convert between them</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solve different types of ratio problems</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use inverse operations to check your calculations.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>All of the skills above will help you with tasks in everyday life. Whether you are at home or at work, number skills are an essential skill to have.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to <a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=85547">Session 2, &#x2018;Units of measure&#x2019;</a>.</Paragraph></Session></Unit><Unit id="nonumber-idm2062"><UnitID/><UnitTitle>Session 2: Units of measure</UnitTitle><Introduction id="nonumber-idm2065"><Title>Introduction</Title><Paragraph>In this session you will be calculating using units of measure and focusing on length, time, weight, capacity and money. You will already be using these skills in everyday life when:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>working out which train you need to catch to get to your meeting on time</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>weighing or measuring ingredients when cooking</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>doing rough conversions if you are abroad to work out how much your meal costs in British pounds.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand that there are different units used for measuring and how to choose the appropriate unit</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>convert between measurements in the same system (e.g. grams and kilograms) and those in different systems (e.g. litres and gallons)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use exchange rates to convert currencies</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>work with time and timetables</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>work out the average speed of a journey using a formula.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>First watch the video below which introduces units of measure.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_a68_measure.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="bltl_a68_measure_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3b5a1c78" x_folderhash="3b5a1c78" x_contenthash="984e23d1" x_subtitles="bltl_a68_measure.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>[MUSIC PLAYING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>A unit of measure is the unit you use to measure something, whether it's weight, time, volume, or simply measuring the size of something. Knowing the appropriate unit to use in any situation can be very important. And can avoid some basic errors.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>A unit of measure is the unit you use to measure something, whether it's weight, time, volume, or simply measuring the size of something. Knowing the appropriate unit to use in any situation can be very important. And can avoid some basic errors.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Learning to convert between different units of measure can also be very useful. Knowing how to weigh your luggage correctly could even save you money. And understanding the relationship between units of measure, like speed and distance, can be vital if you're planning a journey and can't afford to waste time. But though understanding units of measure is a very useful skill, it can't help in every situation.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                
            <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_a68_measure.jpg" x_folderhash="3b5a1c78" x_contenthash="de859b5e" x_imagesrc="bltl_a68_measure.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="297"/>
                </Figure></MediaContent></Introduction><Session id="nonumber-idm2096"><Title>1 Units of measure</Title><Paragraph>A unit of measure is simply what you measure something in and you will already be familiar with using centimetres, metres, kilograms, grams, litres and millilitres for measurement. When measuring something, you need to choose the appropriate unit of measure for the item you are measuring. You would not, for example, measure the length of a room in millimetres. Have a go at the short activity below and choose the most appropriate unit for each example.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 1: Choosing the unit</Heading><Question/><Interaction>
                    <Matching>
                        <Option>
                            <Paragraph>Millilitres (ml)</Paragraph>
                        </Option>
                        <Match x_letter="d">
                            <Paragraph>Amount of liquid in a glass</Paragraph>
                        </Match>
                        <Option>
                            <Paragraph>Metres (m)</Paragraph>
                        </Option>
                        <Match x_letter="e">
                            <Paragraph>Length of a garden fence</Paragraph>
                        </Match>
                        <Option>
                            <Paragraph>Kilograms (kg)</Paragraph>
                        </Option>
                        <Match x_letter="b">
                            <Paragraph>Weight of a dog</Paragraph>
                        </Match>
                        <Option>
                            <Paragraph>Grams (g)</Paragraph>
                        </Option>
                        <Match x_letter="a">
                            <Paragraph>Weight of an egg </Paragraph>
                        </Match>
                        <Option>
                            <Paragraph>Centimetres (cm)</Paragraph>
                        </Option>
                        <Match x_letter="f">
                            <Paragraph>Length of a computer screen</Paragraph>
                        </Match>
                        <Option>
                            <Paragraph>Litres (l)</Paragraph>
                        </Option>
                        <Match x_letter="c">
                            <Paragraph>Amount of water in a paddling pool</Paragraph>
                        </Match>
                    </Matching>
                </Interaction></Activity><Paragraph>Hopefully you found that activity fairly straightforward. Next you&#x2019;ll take a closer look at some units of measure and how to convert between them.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm2129"><Title>1.1 Converting units of measure in the same system</Title><Paragraph>Imagine you are catering for a party and go to the wholesale shop to buy flour. You need 200&#xA0;g of flour for each batch of cookies you will be making and need to make 30 batches. You can buy a 5&#xA0;kg bag of flour but aren&#x2019;t sure if that will be enough. </Paragraph><Paragraph>In order to work out if you have enough flour, you need both measurements to be in the same unit &#x2013; kg&#xA0;or&#xA0;g &#x2013; before you can do the calculation. For units of measure that are in the same system (so you are not dealing with converting cm and inches for example) it&#x2019;s a simple process to convert one measurement into another. In most cases you will just need to multiply or divide by 10, 100 or 1,000. Take a look at the diagrams below which explain how to convert each type of measurement unit.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading><b>Length</b></Heading></InternalSection><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_14.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_14.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="4cdb4542" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_14.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="169"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 1 A conversion chart for length</Caption>
                    <Description>A conversion chart for length.
cm &#xD7; 10 for mm; mm &#xF7; 10 for cm
m &#xD7; 100 for cm; cm &#xF7; 100 for m
km &#xD7; 1,000 for m; m &#xF7; 1,000 for km
</Description>
                </Figure><InternalSection><Heading><b>Weight</b></Heading></InternalSection><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_13.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_13.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="233a72db" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_13.png" x_imagewidth="345" x_imageheight="230"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 2 A conversion chart for weight</Caption>
                    <Description>A conversion chart for weight.
g &#xF7; 1,000 for kg; kg &#xD7; 1,000 for g 
</Description>
                </Figure><InternalSection><Heading><b>Money</b></Heading></InternalSection><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="78e8f161" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_1.png" x_imagewidth="345" x_imageheight="230"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 3 A conversion chart for money</Caption>
                    <Description>A conversion chart for money.
p &#xF7; 100 for &#xA3;; &#xA3; x 100 for p
</Description>
                </Figure><InternalSection><Heading><b>Capacity</b></Heading></InternalSection><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="0afcbe22" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_2.png" x_imagewidth="345" x_imageheight="230"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 4 A conversion chart for capacity</Caption>
                    <Description>A conversion chart for capacity.
ml &#xF7; 1,000 for l; l &#xD7; 1,000 for ml</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>You&#x2019;ll learn how to convert between different currencies and different units of measure (kilograms (kg) to pounds (lb) for example) later in this section. For now, have a go at the activity below and test your conversion skills along with your problem solving ones!</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 2: Solving conversion problems</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A sunflower is 1.8&#xA0;m&#xA0;tall. Over the next month, it grows a further 34&#xA0;cm. How tall is the sunflower at the end of the month?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Peter is a long distance runner. In a training session he runs around the 400&#xA0;m track 23&#xA0;times. He wanted to run a distance of 10&#xA0;km. How many more times does he need to run around the track to achieve this?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A water cooler comes with water containers that hold 12&#xA0;l of water. The cups provided for use hold 150&#xA0;ml. A company estimates that each of its 20 employees will drink 2 cups of water a day. How many 12&#xA0;l bottles will be needed for each working week (Monday to Friday)?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>David is a farmer and has 52&#xA0;goats. He is given a bottle of wormer that contains 0.3 litres. The bottle comes with the instructions: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#x2018;Use 4 ml of wormer for each 15&#xA0;kg of body weight.&#x2019;</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>The average weight of David&#x2019;s goats is 21&#xA0;kg and he wants to treat all of them. Does David have enough wormer?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>1 m = 100 cm so 1.8 &#xD7; 100 = 180 cm</Paragraph><Paragraph>180 cm + 34 cm = 214 cm or 2.14 m</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>400 m &#xD7; 23 = 9200 m that Peter has run.</Paragraph><Paragraph>1 km = 1,000 m so, 10 km = 10 &#xD7; 1,000 = 10,000 m</Paragraph><Paragraph>The difference between what Peter wants to run and what he has already run is: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>10,000 &#x2013; 9,200 = 800 m</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>800 &#xF7; 400 = 2</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Peter needs to run another 2 laps of the track.</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>1 litre = 1,000 ml so 12 l = 12 &#xD7; 1,000 = 12,000 ml</Paragraph><Paragraph>Each employee will drink 2 &#xD7; 150 ml = 300 ml a day</Paragraph><Paragraph>There are 20 employees so 300 &#xD7; 20 = 6,000 ml for all employees per day</Paragraph><Paragraph>A working week is 5 days:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>6,000 &#xD7; 5 = 30,000 ml for all employees for the week</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>30,000 &#xF7; 12,000 = 2.5</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>They will need 2 and a half containers per week.</Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>1 litre = 1,000 ml so 0.3 litres = 0.3 &#xD7; 1,000 = 300 ml of wormer in the bottle</Paragraph><Paragraph>52 goats at 21 kg each is 52 &#xD7; 21 = 1092 kg total weight of goats</Paragraph><Paragraph>To find the number of 4&#xA0;ml doses required do: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>1092 &#xF7; 15 = 72.8</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>72.8 &#xD7; 4 ml = 291.2 ml of wormer needed.</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Yes, David has enough wormer.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Hopefully you will now be feeling confident with converting units of measure within the same system. You&#x2019;ll need to know how to do this and be able to remember how to convert from one to another by multiplying or dividing. </Paragraph><Paragraph>If you are being asked to convert between litres and gallons or US dollars and British pounds however, you won&#x2019;t be expected to know the conversion rate, you&#x2019;ll be given it in the question. The next section will show you how to use these conversion rates and you&#x2019;ll be able to practise solving problems that require you to do this.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>that different units are used for measurement</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>unit selection depends on the item or object being measured</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to convert between units in the same system.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm2229"><Title>2 Converting currencies and measures between different systems</Title><Paragraph>When working with measures you&#x2019;ll often need to be able to convert between units that are in different systems (kilograms to pounds for example) or currencies (British pounds to Euros for example). Whilst this might sound tricky, it&#x2019;s really just using your multiplication and division skills. Let&#x2019;s begin by looking at converting currencies.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm2232"><Title>2.1 Converting currencies</Title><Paragraph>Often when you are abroad, or buying something from the internet from another country, the price will be given in a different currency. You&#x2019;ll want to be able to work out how much the item costs in your own currency so that you can make a decision about whether to buy the item or not. Let&#x2019;s look at an example.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_l2_s2_1_currencies.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/BLTL/placeholder_342.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="a195456a" x_contenthash="ea66c311" x_imagesrc="bltl_l2_s2_1_currencies.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="341"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 5 Different currency notes</Caption>
                    <Description>A pile of notes in different currencies.</Description>
                </Figure><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Pounds and euros</Heading>
                    <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                        <ListItem xml:space="preserve"><Paragraph>You are in Spain and want to buy a souvenir. The price is &#x20AC;35 (35 euros). You know that:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;1 = &#x20AC;1.15</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph><b>Method</b></Paragraph><Paragraph>Look at the diagram below. In order to get from 1 to 1.15, you must multiply by 1.15. Following that, to get from 1.15 to 1, you must divide by 1.15. </Paragraph><Paragraph>In order to go from pounds to euros then, you multiply by 1.15 and to convert from euros to pounds, you divide by 1.15.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_example1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_example1.png" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="469b6775" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_example1.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="228"/><Caption>Figure 6 A conversion rate for pounds and euros</Caption><Description>A conversion rate for pounds and euros.
&#xA3; x 1.15 for &#x20AC;; &#x20AC; &#xF7; 1.15 for &#xA3;.
</Description></Figure><Paragraph>Since the souvenir costs &#x20AC;35, you do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#x20AC;35 &#xF7; 1.15 = &#xA3;30.43 (rounded to two decimal places)</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>You are at the airport on the way back from your holiday and have &#xA3;50 cash left. You want to buy some aftershave that costs &#x20AC;58. Can you afford it? You know that:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;1 = &#x20AC;1.15</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph><b>Method</b></Paragraph><Paragraph>Referring back to the diagram above, you want to convert pounds to euros in this example so you must multiply by 1.15. You do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;50 &#xD7; 1.15 = &#x20AC;57.50</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph> This means you cannot afford the aftershave.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Before you try some for yourself, let&#x2019;s look at one more example. This time involving pounds and dollars.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Pounds and dollars</Heading>
                    <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                        <ListItem xml:space="preserve"><Paragraph>You want to buy an item from America. The cost is $120. You know that &#xA3;1&#xA0;=&#xA0;$1.30. How much does the item cost in pounds?</Paragraph><Paragraph>Similarly to before, you can see from the diagram that in order to go from dollars to pounds you must divide by 1.30.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_example2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_example2.png" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="fa2857e0" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_example2.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="228"/><Caption>Figure 7 A conversion rate for pounds and dollars</Caption><Description>A conversion rate for pounds and dollars.
&#xA3; x 1.30 for $; $ &#xF7; 1.30 for &#xA3;
</Description></Figure><Paragraph>To work out $120 in pounds then, you do: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>$120&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;1.30&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;92.31&#xA0;(rounded to two decimal places)</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>You are sending a relative in America &#xA3;20 for their birthday. You need to send the money in dollars. How much should you send? </Paragraph><Paragraph>To convert from pounds to dollars, you need to multiply by 1.30. So to change &#xA3;20 into dollars you do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;20 &#xD7; 1.30 = $26</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You need to send $26.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy><Activity><Heading>Activity 3: Currency conversions</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Sarah sees a handbag for sale on a cruise ship for &#x20AC;80. She sees the same handbag online for &#xA3;65. She wants to pay the cheapest possible price for the bag. On that day the exchange rate is &#xA3;1&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#x20AC;1.25. Where should she buy the bag from?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Josh is going to South Africa and wants to change &#xA3;250&#xA0;into rand. He knows that &#xA3;1&#xA0;=&#xA0;18.7&#xA0;rand. How many rand will he get for his money?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Alice is returning from America and has $90&#xA0;left over to change back into &#xA3;s. Given the exchange rate of &#xA3;1&#xA0;=&#xA0;$1.27, how many &#xA3;s will Alice receive? Give your answer rounded to two decimal places.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>For this question you can either convert from &#xA3; to &#x20AC; or from &#x20AC; to &#xA3;.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Converting from &#xA3; to &#x20AC;: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;65&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;1.25&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#x20AC;81.25</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Sarah should buy the bag on the ship.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Converting from &#x20AC; to &#xA3;:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#x20AC;80 &#xF7; 1.25 = &#xA3;64</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Sarah should buy the bag on the ship. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to convert from &#xA3; to rand so you do: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;250 &#xD7; 18.7 = 4675 rand</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to convert from $ to &#xA3; so you do $90&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;1.27&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;70.87 (rounded to two d.p.).</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Hopefully you are now feeling confident with converting between currencies. The next part of this section deals with converting other units of measure between different systems &#x2013; centimetres to inches, pounds to kilograms etc. These conversions are incredibly similar to converting currency and the conversion rate will always be given to you so it&#x2019;s not something you have to remember.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm2325"><Title>2.2 Converting units of measure between different systems</Title><Paragraph>This is a useful skill to have because you may often measure something in one unit, say your height in feet and inches, but then need to convert it to centimetres. You may, for example, be training to run a 10&#xA0;km race and want to know how many miles that is. To do this all you need to know is the conversion rate and then you can use your multiplication and division skills to calculate the answer.</Paragraph><Paragraph>When performing these conversions, you are converting between metric and imperial measures. Metric measures are commonly used around the world but there are some countries (the USA for example) who still use imperial units. Whilst the UK uses metric units (g, kg, m, cm etc.) there are some instances where you may still need to convert a metric measure to an imperial one (inches, feet, gallons etc.). </Paragraph><Paragraph>In most cases, the conversion rate will be given in a similar format to the way money exchange rates are given, i.e. 1&#xA0;inch&#xA0;=&#xA0;2.5&#xA0;cm or 1&#xA0;kg =&#xA0;2.2&#xA0;lb. In these cases you can do exactly the same as you would with a currency conversion. The only exceptions here are where you don&#x2019;t have one of the units of measure as a single unit i.e. 5&#xA0;miles&#xA0;=&#xA0;8&#xA0;km.</Paragraph><Paragraph>As this skill is very similar to the one you previously learnt with currency conversions, let&#x2019;s just look at two brief examples before you have a go at an activity for yourself.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Centimetres and inches</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You want to start your own business making accessories. One of the items you will be making is tote bags. The material you have bought is 156&#xA0;cm wide. You need to cut pieces of material that are 15 inches wide. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>How many pieces can you cut from the material you bought? </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Use 1&#xA0;inch&#xA0;=&#xA0;2.54&#xA0;cm.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><b>Method</b></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You need to start by converting either cm to inches or inches to cm so that you are working with units in the same system. Let&#x2019;s look at both ways so that you feel confident that you will get the same answer either way.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_example3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_example3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="84e7d572" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_example3.png" x_imagewidth="346" x_imageheight="231"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 8 Converting between inches and centimetres</Caption>
                        <Description>A conversion chart for converting inches to centimetres.
inches x 2.54 for cm; cm &#xF7; 2.54 for inches.
</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>You can see from the diagram above that to convert from inches to cm you must multiply by 2.54. To convert from cm to inches you must divide by 2.54.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Converting inches to cm then:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>15 inches &#xD7; 2.54 = 38.1 cm. This is the length of the material needed for each bag.</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>To calculate how many pieces of material you can cut you then do:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>156 &#xF7; 38.1 = 4.0944&#x2026;. As you need whole pieces of material, you need to round this answer down to 4 pieces.</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Converting from cm to inches:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>156 &#xF7; 2.54 = 61.417&#x2026;, this is the length of the big piece of material.</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>To calculate how many pieces of material you can cut you then do:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>61.417&#x2026;&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;15&#xA0;=&#xA0;4.0944&#x2026;. Again, as you need whole pieces of material, you need to round this answer down to 4 pieces.</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>You can see that no matter which way you choose to convert you will arrive at the same answer.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Kilometres and miles</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have signed up for a 60&#xA0;km bike ride. There is a lake in a nearby park that you want to use for your training. You know that one lap of the lake is 2&#xA0;miles. You want to cycle a distance of at least 40&#xA0;km in your last training session before the race. How many full laps of the lake should you do? </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You know that a rough conversion is 5&#xA0;miles&#xA0;=&#xA0;8&#xA0;km.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>There is more than one way to go about this calculation and, as ever, if you have a different method that works for you and you arrive at the same answer, feel free to use it!</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><b>Method</b></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Since you already know how to convert if you are given a conversion that has a single unit of whichever measure you are using, it makes sense to just change the given conversion into one that you are used to dealing with. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Look at the diagram below &#x2013; since you know that 5&#xA0;miles is worth 8&#xA0;km, you can find out what 1&#xA0;mile is worth by simply dividing 5&#xA0;by&#xA0;5 so that you arrive at 1&#xA0;mile. Whatever you do to one side, you must do to the other. Therefore, you also do 8 divided by 5. This then gives 1&#xA0;mile&#xA0;=&#xA0;1.6&#xA0;km.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_example5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_example5.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="29714489" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_example5.png" x_imagewidth="345" x_imageheight="186"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 9 Calculating 1 mile in kilometres</Caption>
                        <Description>Diagram showing how to calculate 1 mile in kilometres using the information that 5 miles equals 8 kilometres. Arrows show that dividing both 5 miles by 5 and 8 kilometres by 5 gives &#x2018;1 mile = 1.6 km&#x2019;.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Now that you know 1&#xA0;mile&#xA0;=&#xA0;1.6&#xA0;km, you can solve this problem in its usual way:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_example4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_example4.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="ef0b0e17" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_example4.png" x_imagewidth="346" x_imageheight="231"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 10 Converting between miles and kilometres</Caption>
                        <Description>A conversion chart for miles and kilometres.
miles x 1.6 for km; km &#xF7; 1.6 for miles.
</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Since you first want to know what 40&#xA0;km is in miles you need to divide by&#xA0;1.6:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>40 &#xF7; 1.6 = 25 miles</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>As each lap of the lake is 2 miles you then need to divide 25 miles by 2 to find the total number of laps you need to complete: </Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>25 &#xF7; 2 = 12.5&#xA0;laps</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Therefore, you will need to cycle 12.5&#xA0;laps around the lake in order to have cycled your target of 40&#xA0;km.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now that you have seen a couple of worked examples, have a go at the activity below to check your understanding.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Activity><Heading>Activity 4: Converting between systems</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A Ford Fiesta car can hold 42&#xA0;litres of petrol. Using the fact that 1&#xA0;gallon&#xA0;=&#xA0;4.54&#xA0;litres, work out how many gallons of petrol the car can hold. Give your answer rounded to two&#xA0;decimal places.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The caf&#xE9; you work at has run out of milk and you have been asked to go to the shop and buy 10&#xA0;pints. When you arrive however, the milk is only available in 2 litre bottles. You know that 1&#xA0;litre&#xA0;=&#xA0;1.75 pints. How many 2&#xA0;litre bottles should you buy?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You are packing to go on holiday and are allowed 25&#xA0;kg of luggage on the flight. You&#x2019;ve weighed your case on the bathroom scales and it weighs 3&#xA0;stone and 3&#xA0;pounds.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You know that:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>1 stone = 14 pounds</Paragraph><Paragraph>2.2 pounds = 1 kg</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Is your luggage over the weight limit?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>As you want to convert from litres to gallons you will need to divide by 4.54. You do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>42 &#xF7; 4.54 = 9.25 to two d.p.</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Firstly, you want to know how many litres there are in 10 pints, so you need to convert from pints to litres. You do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>10&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;1.75&#xA0;=&#xA0;5.71&#x2026; litres. As you can only buy the milk in 2&#xA0;litre bottles, you will have to buy 6 litres of milk in total. You therefore need:</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;6 &#xF7; 2 = 3 bottles of milk</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Firstly, you need to convert 3&#xA0;stone and 3&#xA0;pounds into just pounds. Since 1 stone&#xA0;=&#xA0;14 pounds, to work out 3&#xA0;stone you do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>3&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;14&#xA0;=&#xA0;42&#xA0;pounds</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then you need to add on the extra 3 pounds, so in total you have 42&#xA0;+&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;45&#xA0;pounds.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Now that you know this, you can convert from pounds to kg. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Since 2.2&#xA0;pounds&#xA0;=&#xA0;1&#xA0;kg, you can also say that 1&#xA0;kg&#xA0;=&#xA0;2.2 pounds (this doesn&#x2019;t change anything, it just makes it a little easier as you can stick to your usual method of having the single unit on the left hand side).</Paragraph><Paragraph>To convert from pounds to kg then, you divide by 2.2 and so you have:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>45 &#xF7; 2.2 = 20.45 kg. </Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Yes, your luggage is within the weight limit.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>You should now be feeling confident with your conversion skills so it&#x2019;s time to move on to the next part of this session. </Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>that different systems of measurement can be used to measure the same thing (e.g. a cake could be weighed in either grams or pounds)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>you can convert between these systems using your multiplication and division skills and the given conversion rate</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>currencies can be converted in the same way as long as you know the exchange rate &#x2013; this is particularly useful for holidays.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm2439"><Title>3 Time, timetables and average speed</Title><Paragraph>Calculating with time is often seen as tricky, not surprising really considering how difficult it can be to learn how to tell the time. The reason many people find calculating with time tricky is because, unlike nearly every other mathematical concept, it does not work in 10s. Time works in 60s &#x2013; 60 seconds in a minute, 60 minutes in an hour. You cannot therefore, simply use your calculator to add on or subtract time.</Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/late_alarm_clock.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/BLTL/placeholder_342.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="a195456a" x_contenthash="28d92460" x_imagesrc="late_alarm_clock.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="310"/>
                <Caption>Figure 11 A radio alarm clock</Caption>
            </Figure><Paragraph>Think about this simple example. If it&#x2019;s 9:50 and your bus takes 20&#xA0;minutes to get to work, you cannot work out the time you will arrive by doing 950&#xA0;+&#xA0;20 on your calculator. This would give you an answer of 970&#xA0;or&#xA0;9:70 &#x2013; there isn&#x2019;t such a time! </Paragraph><Paragraph>You will need to calculate with time and use timetables in daily life to complete basic tasks such as: getting to work on time, working out which bus or train to catch, picking your children up from school on time, cooking and so many other daily tasks.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm2447"><Title>3.1 Calculating with time and timetables</Title><Paragraph>As previously discussed, calculators are not the most useful items when it comes to calculations involving time. A much better option, is to use a number line to work out these calculations. Take a look at the examples below.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Cooking</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You put a chicken in the oven at 4:45&#xA0;pm. You know it needs to cook for 1&#xA0;hour and 25&#xA0;minutes. What time should you take the chicken out?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Watch the video below to see how the number line method works. </Paragraph>
                    <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani11_maths_chicken.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="ani11_maths_chicken_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="7431db20" x_subtitles="ani11_maths_chicken.srt">
                        <Transcript>
                            <Paragraph>A chicken takes 1 hour and 25 minutes to cook. So, to work out when the chicken will be ready, you can use a number line, which looks like this. The idea behind the number line is that we use small, easy chunks of time to work out the answer. In this example, you know that you need to add 1 hour and 25 minutes onto 4:45 p.m. Here is a number line that starts at 4:45 p.m. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>To begin with, add 15 minutes, since this will take us to an easy time of 5:00 p.m. It then makes sense to add an hour on, which takes you to 6:00 p.m. As you've now added 1 hour and 15 minutes, you still need to add another 10 minutes. This takes you to 6:10 p.m., which is when the chicken will be ready. There's no exact science to using the number line for calculations like these. You just add on in chunks of time to make the calculation simpler.</Paragraph>
                        </Transcript>
                        
                    <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani11_maths_chicken.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="c63ece51" x_imagesrc="ani11_maths_chicken.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="288"/>
                        </Figure></MediaContent>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Time sheets</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You work for a landscaping company and need to fill out your time sheet for your employer. You began working at 8:30&#xA0;am and finished the job at 12:10&#xA0;pm. How long did the job take?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_5.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="8002fcfd" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_5.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="117"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 12 A number line for a time sheet</Caption>
                        <Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 8:30am, 9:00am, 12:00pm, 12:10pm. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 30 mins&#x2019; points from 8:30am, to 9:00am. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 3 hours&#x2019; points from 9:00am to 12:00pm. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 10 mins&#x2019; points from 12:00pm to 12:10pm.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Again, for finding the time difference you want to work with easy &#x2018;chunks&#x2019; of time. Firstly, you can move from 8:30&#xA0;am to 9:00&#xA0;am by adding 30&#xA0;minutes. It is then simple to get to 12:00&#xA0;pm by adding on 3&#xA0;hours. Finally, you just need another 10&#xA0;minutes to take you to 12:10&#xA0;pm. Looking at the total time added you have 3&#xA0;hours&#xA0;and&#xA0;40&#xA0;minutes.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Another aspect of calculating with time comes in the form of timetables. You will be used to using these to work out which departure time you need to make in order to get to a location on time or how long a journey will take. Once you can calculate with time, using timetables simply requires you to find the correct information before carrying out the calculation. Take a look at the example below.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Timetables</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Here is part of a train timetable from Swindon to London.</Paragraph>
                    <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                        <TableHead>Table 1(a)</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Swindon</th>
                                <td>06:10</td>
                                <td>06:27</td>
                                <td>06:41</td>
                                <td>06:58</td>
                                <td>07:01</td>
                                <td>07:17</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Didcot</th>
                                <td>06:27</td>
                                <td>06:45</td>
                                <td>06:58</td>
                                <td>07:15</td>
                                <td>07:18</td>
                                <td>07:34</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Reading</th>
                                <td>06:41</td>
                                <td>06:59</td>
                                <td>07:13</td>
                                <td>-</td>
                                <td>07:33</td>
                                <td>-</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>London</th>
                                <td>07:16</td>
                                <td>07:32</td>
                                <td>07:44</td>
                                <td>08:02</td>
                                <td>08:07</td>
                                <td>08:14</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to travel from Didcot to London. You need to arrive in London by 8:00&#xA0;am. What is the latest train you can catch from Didcot to arrive in London for 8:00&#xA0;am?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                        <TableHead>Table 1(b)</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Swindon</th>
                                <td>06:10</td>
                                <td>06:27</td>
                                <td>06:41</td>
                                <td>06:58</td>
                                <td>07:01</td>
                                <td>07:17</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Didcot</th>
                                <td>06:27</td>
                                <td>06:45</td>
                                <td><i>06:58</i></td>
                                <td>07:15</td>
                                <td>07:18</td>
                                <td>07:34</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Reading</th>
                                <td>06:41</td>
                                <td>06:59</td>
                                <td>07:13</td>
                                <td>-</td>
                                <td>07:33</td>
                                <td>-</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>London</th>
                                <td>07:16</td>
                                <td>07:32</td>
                                <td><b>07:44</b></td>
                                <td>08:02</td>
                                <td>08:07</td>
                                <td>08:14</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>Looking at the arrival times in London, in order to get there for 8:00&#xA0;am you will need to take the train that arrives in London at 07:44 (highlighted with bold). If you then move up this column of the timetable you can see that this train leaves Didcot at 06:58 (highlighted with italic). This is therefore the train you must catch.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList class="lower-alpha" start="2">
                        <ListItem xml:space="preserve"><Paragraph>How long does the 06:58 from Swindon take to travel to London?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                        <TableHead>Table 1(c)</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Swindon</th>
                                <td>06:10</td>
                                <td>06:27</td>
                                <td>06:41</td>
                                <td><i>06:58</i></td>
                                <td>07:01</td>
                                <td>07:17</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Didcot</th>
                                <td>06:27</td>
                                <td>06:45</td>
                                <td>06:58</td>
                                <td>07:15</td>
                                <td>07:18</td>
                                <td>07:34</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Reading</th>
                                <td>06:41</td>
                                <td>06:59</td>
                                <td>07:13</td>
                                <td>-</td>
                                <td>07:33</td>
                                <td>-</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>London</th>
                                <td>07:16</td>
                                <td>07:32</td>
                                <td>07:44</td>
                                <td><b>08:02</b></td>
                                <td>08:07</td>
                                <td>08:14</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>Firstly, find the correct train from Swindon (highlighted with italic). Follow this column of the timetable down until you reach London (highlighted with bold). You then need to find the difference in time between 06:58 and 08:02. Using the number line method from earlier in the section (or any other method you choose).</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_6.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_6.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="e862f0b6" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_6.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="117"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 13 A number line for a timetable</Caption>
                        <Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 06:58, 07:00, 08:00, 08:02. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 2 mins&#x2019; points from 06:58, to 07:00. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 1 hour&#x2019; points from 07:00 to 08:00. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 2 mins&#x2019; points from 08:00 to 08:02.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>You can then see that this train takes a total of 1&#xA0;hour and 4&#xA0;minutes to travel from London&#xA0;to&#xA0;Swindon.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Have a go at the activity below to practise calculating time and using timetables.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Activity><Heading>Activity 5: Timetables and calculating time</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Kacper is a builder. He leaves home at 8:30&#xA0;am and drives to the trade centre. He collects his items and loads them into his van. His visit takes 1 hour and 45 minutes. He then drives to work, which takes 50 minutes. What time does he arrive at work?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You have invited some friends round for dinner and find a recipe for roast lamb. The recipe requires:</Paragraph><BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>25 minutes preparation time</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>1 hour cooking time</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>20 minutes resting time</Paragraph></SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You want to eat with your friends at 7:30&#xA0;pm. What is the latest time you can start preparing the lamb?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Here is part of a train timetable from Manchester to Liverpool.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Table class="normal">
                            <TableHead>Table 2(a)</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="7">Manchester to Liverpool</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Manchester</th>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">10:24</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">10:52</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:03</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:25</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:01</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:13</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Warrington</th>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">10:38</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:06</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:20</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:45</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:15</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:28</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Widnes</th>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">10:58</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:26</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:42</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:03</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:34</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:49</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Liverpool Lime Street</th>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:09</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:38</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:53</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:14</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:46</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">13:02</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table><Paragraph>You need to travel from Manchester to Liverpool Lime Street. You need to be in Liverpool by&#xA0;12:30. Which train should you catch from Manchester and how long will your journey take?</Paragraph></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Firstly, work out the total time that Kacper is out for: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>1 hour 45 minutes at the trade centre and another 50 minutes driving makes a total of 2 hours and 35 minutes.</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then, using the number line, you have:</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="f685f5d0" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_3.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="117"/><Caption>Figure 14 A number line for Question 1</Caption><Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 8:30am, 9:00am, 10:00am, 11:00am, 11:05am. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 30 mins&#x2019; points from 8:30am, to 9:00am. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 1 hour&#x2019; points from 9:00am to 10:00am. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 1 hour&#x2019; points from 10:00am to 11:00am An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 5 mins&#x2019; points from 11:00am to 11:05am.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>So Kacper arrives at work at 11:05&#xA0;am.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Again, firstly work out the total time required:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>25&#xA0;minutes&#xA0;+&#xA0;1&#xA0;hour&#xA0;+&#xA0;20&#xA0;minutes&#xA0;=&#xA0;1&#xA0;hour&#xA0;45&#xA0;minutes in total</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>This time you need to work backwards on the number line so you begin at 7:30 and work backwards.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/1x_bltl_maths_level2_7.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_7.png" x_folderhash="9c110a05" x_contenthash="3f9e10b1" x_imagesrc="1x_bltl_maths_level2_7.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="116"/><Caption>Figure 15 A number line for Question 2</Caption><Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 5:45pm, 6:00pm, 7:00pm, 7:30pm. An arrow labelled &#x2018;&#x2013; 30 mins&#x2019; points from 7:30pm, to 7:00pm. An arrow labelled &#x2018;&#x2012; 1 hour&#x2019; points from 7:00pm to 6:00pm. An arrow labelled &#x2018;&#x2012; 15 mins&#x2019; points from 6:00pm to 5:45pm.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>You can now see that you must begin preparing the lamb at 5:45&#xA0;pm at the latest.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Looking at the timetable for arrival at Liverpool, you can see that in order to arrive by 12:30 you need to catch the train that arrives at 12:14. This means that you need to catch the 11:25 from Manchester.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Table class="normal">
                            <TableHead>Table 2(b)</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="7">Manchester to Liverpool</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Manchester</th>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">10:24</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">10:52</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:03</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft"><i>11:25</i></td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:01</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:13</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Warrington</th>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">10:38</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:06</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:20</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:45</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:15</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:28</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Widnes</th>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">10:58</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:26</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:42</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:03</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:34</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:49</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Liverpool Lime Street</th>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:09</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:38</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">11:53</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft"><b>12:14</b></td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">12:46</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">13:02</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table><Paragraph>You therefore need to work out the difference in time between 11:25 (italic) and 12:14 (bold).</Paragraph><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_8.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_8.png" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="a7221456" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_8.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="117"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 16 A number line for Question 3</Caption>
                            <Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 11:25, 11:30, 12:00, 12:14. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 5 mins&#x2019; points from 11:25, to 11:30. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 30 mins&#x2019; points from 11:30 to 12:00. An arrow labelled &#x2018;+ 14 mins&#x2019; points from 12:00 to 12:14.</Description>
                        </Figure><Paragraph>Using the number line again, you can see that this is a total of 5&#xA0;+&#xA0;30&#xA0;+&#xA0;14&#xA0;=&#xA0;49&#xA0;minutes.</Paragraph></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>You should now be feeling comfortable with calculations involving time and timetables. Before you move on to looking at problems that involve average speed, it is worth taking a brief look at time conversions. Since you are already confident with converting units of measure, this part will just consist of a brief activity so that you can practise converting units of time.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm2727"><Title>3.2 Converting units of time</Title><Paragraph>You can see from the diagram below that to convert units of time you can use a very similar method to the one you used when converting other units of measure. There is one slight difference when working with time however. </Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_9.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_9.png" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="862018fa" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_9.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="169"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 17 A conversion chart for time</Caption>
                    <Description>A conversion chart for time. 
weeks &#xD7; 7 for days; days &#xF7; 7 for weeks
days &#xD7; 24 for hours; hours &#xF7; 24 for days
hours &#xD7; 60 for minutes; minutes &#xF7; 60 for hours
minutes &#xD7; 60 for seconds; seconds &#xF7; 60 for minutes.
</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s say you want to work out how long 245&#xA0;minutes is in hours. The diagram above shows that you should do 245&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;4.083. This is not a particularly helpful answer since you really want the answer in the format of: ___&#xA0;hours&#xA0;__&#xA0;minutes. Due to the fact that time does not work in 10s, you need to do a little more work once arriving at your answer of 4.083.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The answer is obviously 4&#xA0;hours and an amount of minutes. </Paragraph><Paragraph>4&#xA0;hours then is 4&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;240&#xA0;minutes. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Since you wanted to know how long 245&#xA0;minutes is you just do 245&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;240&#xA0;=&#xA0;5 minutes left over. So 245&#xA0;minutes is 4&#xA0;hours&#xA0;and&#xA0;5&#xA0;minutes.</Paragraph><Paragraph>It&#x2019;s a very similar process if you want to go from say minutes to seconds. Let&#x2019;s take it you want to know how long 5&#xA0;minutes and 17&#xA0;seconds is in seconds. 5&#xA0;minutes would be 5&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;300 seconds. You then have a further 17&#xA0;seconds to add on so you do 300&#xA0;+&#xA0;17&#xA0;=&#xA0;317&#xA0;seconds.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Have a go at the activity below to make sure you feel confident with converting times.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 6: Converting times</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Convert the following times:</Paragraph><NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>6&#xA0;hours and 35&#xA0;minutes&#xA0;=&#xA0;___&#xA0;minutes.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>85&#xA0;minutes&#xA0;=&#xA0;____&#xA0;hours and ____ minutes.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>153 seconds = ____ minutes and ___ seconds.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>46 days = ___ weeks and ____days.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>3 minutes and 40 seconds = ____ seconds.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>6&#xA0;hours&#xA0;=&#xA0;6&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;360 minutes</Paragraph><Paragraph>360 minutes + 35 minutes = 395 minutes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>85 minutes &#xF7; 60 = 1.416</Paragraph><Paragraph>1 hour = 60 minutes.</Paragraph><Paragraph>85 minutes &#x2212; 60 minutes = 25 minutes remaining</Paragraph><Paragraph>So 85 minutes = 1 hour and 25 minutes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>153 seconds &#xF7; 60 = 2.55</Paragraph><Paragraph>2 minutes = 2 &#xD7; 60 = 120 seconds</Paragraph><Paragraph>153 seconds &#x2212; 120 seconds = 33 seconds remaining</Paragraph><Paragraph>So 153 seconds = 2 minutes and 33 seconds</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>46 days &#xF7; 7 = 6.571&#x2026;</Paragraph><Paragraph>6 weeks = 6 &#xD7; 7 = 42 days</Paragraph><Paragraph>46 days &#x2212; 42 days = 4 days remaining</Paragraph><Paragraph>So 46 days = 6 weeks and 4 days</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>3 minutes = 3 &#xD7; 60 = 180 seconds</Paragraph><Paragraph>180 seconds + 40 seconds = 220 seconds</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Hopefully you found that activity fairly straightforward and are now feeling ready to move on to the last part of the &#x2018;Units of measure&#x2019; session &#x2013; Average speed.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm2779"><Title>3.3 Average speed</Title><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_part2_2_speedcam_sign.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/BLTL/placeholder_342.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="32f4eaa3" x_contenthash="cfcc0d5c" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_part2_2_speedcam_sign.png" x_imagewidth="278" x_imageheight="232"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 18 A speed camera sign</Caption>
                </Figure><Paragraph>You&#x2019;ve probably seen one of these signs whilst travelling along the motorway through roadworks. Perhaps you were in an average speed check zone of 50&#xA0;mph and found your speed had crept up to 55&#xA0;mph &#x2013; what do you do? Slow down! If you only slow down to the speed limit of 50&#xA0;mph however, you may well find that you are still over the average speed limit! This is just one example of where average speed comes up in our daily lives.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Being able to calculate and use average speed can help you to work out how long a journey is likely to take or, in the case of the example above, how much you need to slow down by in order not to exceed the average speed limit! The method for working out average speed involves using a simple formula. </Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/1x_bltl_maths_level2_11.png" x_folderhash="9c110a05" x_contenthash="eb9d7b9f" x_imagesrc="1x_bltl_maths_level2_11.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="315"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 19 A formula for average speed</Caption>
                    <Description>Illustration of a car driving for a distance past a speed camera. The text shows the formula &#x2018;Speed equals distance divided by time&#x2019;.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>You can also use this formula to work out the distance travelled when given a time and the average speed, or the time taken for a journey when given the distance and average speed.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The formulas for this are shown in the diagram below. </Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_level2_10.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_10.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="1a4938f2" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_10.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 20 Distance, speed and time formulas</Caption>
                    <Description>Illustration of 3 triangles that show the relationship between distance, speed and time. The text reads:
&#x2018;Distance equals Speed multiplied by Time&#x2019;
&#x2018;Time equals Distance divided by Speed&#x2019;
&#x2018;Speed equals Distance divided by Time&#x2019;.
</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>You can see that when given any two of the elements from distance, speed and time, you will be able to work out the third. Let&#x2019;s look at an example of each so that you can familiarise yourself with it.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Calculating distance</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A car has travelled at an average speed of 52&#xA0;mph over a journey that lasts 2&#xA0;and&#xA0;a&#xA0;half&#xA0;hours. What is the total distance travelled?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You can see that to work out the distance you need to do speed &#xD7; time. In this example then we need to do 52&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;2.5. It is very important to note here that 2&#xA0;and&#xA0;a&#xA0;half&#xA0;hours must be written as 2.5&#xA0;(since 0.5 is the decimal equivalent of a half).</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You cannot write 2.30 (for 2&#xA0;hours&#xA0;and&#xA0;30&#xA0;mins). If you struggle to work out the decimal part of the number, convert the time into minutes (2&#xA0;and&#xA0;a&#xA0;half&#xA0;hours&#xA0;=&#xA0;150&#xA0;minutes) and then divide by 60&#xA0;(150&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;2.5).</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>52&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;2.5&#xA0;=&#xA0;130&#xA0;miles&#xA0;travelled</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Calculating time</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A train will travel a distance of 288 miles at an average speed of 64&#xA0;mph. How long will it take to complete the journey?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You can see from the formula that to calculate time you need to do distance&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;speed so you do: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>288&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;64&#xA0;=&#xA0;4.5&#xA0;hours</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Again, note that this is not 4&#xA0;hours&#xA0;50&#xA0;minutes but 4 and a half hours.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you are unsure of how to convert the decimal part of your answer, simply multiply the answer by 60, this will turn it into minutes and you can then convert from there.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Calculating speed</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A Formula One car covers a distance of 305&#xA0;km during a race. The time taken to finish the race is 1&#xA0;hour&#xA0;and&#xA0;15&#xA0;minutes. What is the car&#x2019;s average speed?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The formula tells you that to calculate speed you must do distance &#xF7; time. Therefore, you do 305&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;1.25 (since 15&#xA0;minutes is a quarter of an hour and 0.25 is the decimal equivalent of a quarter):</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>305 &#xF7; 1.25 = 244 km/h</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>In a similar way to example 1, if you are unsure of how to work out the decimal part of the time simply write the time (in this case 1&#xA0;hour&#xA0;and&#xA0;15&#xA0;minutes) in minutes, (1&#xA0;hour&#xA0;15&#xA0;minutes&#xA0;=&#xA0;75&#xA0;minutes) and then divide by 60:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>75 &#xF7; 60 = 1.25</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Before moving on to the end-of-session quiz, have a go at the following activity to check that you feel confident with finding speed, distance and time.</Paragraph><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 7: Calculating speed, distance and time</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Filip is driving a bus along a motorway. The speed limit is 70 mph. In 30 minutes, he travels a distance of 36 miles. Does his average speed exceed the speed limit?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A plane flies from Frankfurt to Hong&#xA0;Kong. The flight time was 10&#xA0;hours&#xA0;and&#xA0;45&#xA0;minutes. The average speed was 185&#xA0;km/h. What is the distance flown by the plane?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Malio needs to get to a meeting by 11:00&#xA0;am. The time now is 9:45&#xA0;am. The distance to the meeting is 50&#xA0;miles and he will be travelling at an average speed of 37.5&#xA0;mph. Will he be on time for the meeting?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to find the speed so you do: distance &#xF7; time.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The distance is 36&#xA0;miles. The time is 30&#xA0;minutes but you need the time in hours:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>30 minutes &#xF7; 60 = 0.5 hours</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now you do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>36 &#xF7; 0.5 = 72 mph</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Yes, Filip&#x2019;s average speed did exceed the speed limit.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to find the distance so you do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>speed&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;time</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>10&#xA0;hours&#xA0;45&#xA0;minutes&#xA0;=&#xA0;10.75&#xA0;hours</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>(If you are unsure, convert to minutes: 10&#xA0;hours&#xA0;45&#xA0;minutes&#xA0;=&#xA0;645 minutes, then divide by 60: 645&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;10.75)</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>speed&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;time&#xA0;=&#xA0;185&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;10.75&#xA0;=&#xA0;1988.75 km from Frankfurt to Hong Kong</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to find the time so you do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>distance &#xF7; speed</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>50 &#xF7; 37.5 = 1.3</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>To covert this to minutes do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>1.<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mover>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mo>&#xAF;</mo>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mover>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation>&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;80 minutes</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>80 minutes = 1 hour and 20 minutes</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>No, Malio will not make the meeting on time.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Box xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Paragraph><b>Note:</b> An answer of 1.<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mover>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mo>&#xAF;</mo>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mover>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, means 1.3333333 (the 3 is recurring or never ending). It is conventional to write the digit that recurs with a dash above it.</Paragraph></Box><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to use timetables to plan a journey and how to calculate time efficiently</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to convert between units of time by using multiplication and division skills</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to use the formula for calculating distance, speed and time.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm2904"><Title>4 Session 2 quiz</Title><Paragraph>Now it&#x2019;s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph><Paragraph><a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw/mod/quiz/view.php?id=85478">Session 2 quiz</a>.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding ctrl [or cmd on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm2910"><Title>5 Session 2 summary</Title><Paragraph>You have now completed Session 2, &#x2018;Units of measure&#x2019;. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer to this section of the course and retry the activities.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You should now be able to:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand that there are different units used for measuring and how to choose the appropriate unit</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>convert between measurements in the same system (e.g. grams and kilograms) and those in different systems (e.g. litres and gallons)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use exchange rates to convert currencies</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>work with time and timetables</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>work out the average speed of a journey using a formula.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>All of the skills listed above will help you with tasks in everyday life, such as measuring for new furniture or redesigning a room or garden. These are essential skills that will help you progress through your employment and education.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to <a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=85587">Session 3, &#x2018;Handling data&#x2019;</a>.</Paragraph></Session></Unit><Unit id="nonumber-idm2928"><UnitID/><UnitTitle>Session 3: Handling data</UnitTitle><Introduction id="nonumber-idm2931"><Title>Introduction</Title><Paragraph>Maths is relevant to so many aspects of our everyday lives and you should now be feeling confident with using numbers, measuring and calculating with money and units of time.</Paragraph><Paragraph>This session focuses on data. We all use and generate data on a daily basis &#x2013; companies use it to track our shopping and lifestyle habits and offer us personalised deals and you may well collect data as part of your job to find out which item is selling best, how many clients/patients are satisfied with the services provided or to identify areas that need improvement.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Data is a big part of our lives and can be represented in many different ways. This session will take you through a number of these representations and show you how to interpret data to find specific information.</Paragraph><Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>identify the two different types of data and where they are used</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>create and use tally charts, frequency tables and data collection sheets to record information</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>draw and interpret bar charts, pie charts and line graphs</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand there are different types of averages and be able to calculate each type</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand that probability is about how likely an event is to happen and the different ways that it can be expressed.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>Before delving into the world of charts, graphs and averages it is important to make the distinction between the two different types of data &#x2013; discrete and continuous.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_a70_data.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="bltl_a70_data_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3b5a1c78" x_folderhash="3b5a1c78" x_contenthash="2409f5ee" x_subtitles="bltl_a70_data.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>[MUSIC PLAYING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We all use and generate data on a daily basis. For example, companies use data to track our shopping and offer us deals. Data has become very important.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>There are many different types of data. Continuous data is something you measure, like, the length of a piece of wood. A box of nails is usually something you can count, which is called discrete data.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Different ways of displaying data include using graphs. A line graph can show the relationship between some data about a shelf. A pie chart can show the ways that someone spends their time, which is easy to see and understand as a picture.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Gathering data can help to work out different types of average-- like the range, which is the difference between the lowest and highest values. Or the median, which is basically, the middle.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Data can even be used to work out probability &#x2013; how likely are unlikely something is to happen, which can help you avoid unpleasant surprises.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>[GLASS SHATTERING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>[LAUGHING]</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                
            <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_a70_data.jpg" x_folderhash="3b5a1c78" x_contenthash="85a5c23c" x_imagesrc="bltl_a70_data.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="297"/>
                </Figure></MediaContent></Introduction><Session id="nonumber-idm2961"><Title>1 Discrete and continuous data</Title><Paragraph>Discrete data is information that can only take certain values. These values don&#x2019;t have to be whole numbers (a child might have a shoe size of 3.5 or a company may make a profit of &#xA3;3456.25 for example) but they are fixed values &#x2013; a child cannot have a shoe size of 3.72! </Paragraph><Paragraph>The number of each type of treatment a salon needs to schedule for the week, the number of children attending a nursery each day or the profit a business makes each month are all examples of discrete data. This type of data is often represented using tally charts, bar charts or pie charts.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Continuous data is data that can take any value. Height, weight, temperature and length are all examples of continuous data. Some continuous data will change over time; the weight of a baby in its first year or the temperature in a room throughout the day. This data is best shown on a line graph as this type of graph can show how the data changes over a given period of time. Other continuous data, such as the heights of a group of children on one particular day, is often grouped into categories to make it easier to interpret.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 1: Presenting discrete and continuous data</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Match the best choice of graph for the data below.</Paragraph><NumberedList class="decimal">
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Chart to show a company&#x2019;s profit over a number of years.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Chart to show favourite drink chosen by customers in a shopping centre.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Chart to show the temperature on each day of the week.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Chart to show percentage of each sale of ticket type at a concert.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList><Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig1_341px.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L2\assets\01\Artwork\BLTL Maths Level 2_session3\Output\bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig1_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="ea6008ae" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig1_341px.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="297"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 1 Different types of charts and graphs</Caption>
                        <Description>Illustration of four types of chart and graph. (a) A pie chart; (b) a tally chart; (c) a line graph; (d) a bar chart.</Description>
                    </Figure></Question><Answer><NumberedList class="decimal">
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Chart to show a company&#x2019;s profit over a number of years. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The best choice here is <b>(d)</b> the bar chart as it can show the profit clearly year by year. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Chart to show favourite drink chosen by customers in a shopping centre. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The best choice here is <b>(b)</b> the tally chart since you can add to this data as each customer makes their choice. A bar or pie chart would also be suitable.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Chart to show the temperature on each day of the week. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The only choice here is <b>(c)</b> the line graph as it shows how the temperature changes over time.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Chart to show percentage of each sale of ticket type at a concert. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The best choice here is probably <b>(a)</b> the pie chart since it shows clearly the breakdown of each type of ticket sale. A bar chart would also represent the data suitably.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you are familiar with the two different types of data let&#x2019;s look in more detail at the different types of chart and graph; how to draw them accurately and how to interpret them.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>learned about the two different types of data, discrete and continuous, and when and why they are used.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm3008"><Title>2 Tally charts, frequency tables and data collection sheets</Title><Paragraph>Have you ever been stopped in the street or whilst out shopping and asked about your choice of mobile phone company or to sample some food or drink and give your preference on which is your favourite? If you have, chances are, the person who was conducting the survey was using a tally chart to collect the data. </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect2_fig2_511px.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L2\assets\01\Artwork\BLTL Maths Level 2_session3\Output\bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect2_fig2_511px.png" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="b5db0e79" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect2_fig2_511px.png" x_imagewidth="330" x_imageheight="334"/>
                <Caption>Figure 2 Favourite fruit tally chart</Caption>
                <Description>Illustration showing a clipboard with a tally chart labelled &#x2018;Favourite Fruit&#x2019; that has two columns labelled &#x2018;Fruit&#x2019; and &#x2018;Tally&#x2019;. The fruit column rows are orange, apple, banana, strawberry and pineapple. The tally column rows show 11, 10, 8, 7 and 4 tally marks.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>Tally charts are convenient for this type of survey because you can note down the data as you go. Once all the data has been collected it can be counted up easily because, as shown in the picture above, every fifth piece of data for a choice is marked as a diagonal line. This allows you to count up quickly in fives to get the total. A frequency or total column can then be filled out to make the data easier to work with.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Take a look at the example below:</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                <TableHead>Table 1</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Method of Travel</th>
                        <th>Tally</th>
                        <th>Frequency</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>Walk</td>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure></td>
                        <td>9</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>Bike</td>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure></td>
                        <td>3</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>Car</td>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure></td>
                        <td>6</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>Bus</td>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-2.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="c2f70b4d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-2.png" x_imagewidth="14" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure></td>
                        <td>12</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td/>
                        <td class="TableRight" xml:space="preserve">TOTAL</td>
                        <td>30</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table><Paragraph>You can see each category and its total clearly. Whilst this is a very simple example it demonstrates the purpose of a tally chart well. A tally chart may often be turned into a bar chart for a more visual representation of the data but they are useful for the actual data collection.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You can also use a tally chart for collecting grouped data. If for example, you want to survey the ages of clients or customers, you would not ask for each person&#x2019;s individual age, you would ask them to record which age group they came within. If you want to set yourself up a tally chart for this data it might look similar to the below:</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                <TableHead>Table 2</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Age</th>
                        <th>Tally</th>
                        <th>Frequency</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>0&#x2013;9</td>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>10&#x2013;19</td>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>20&#x2013;29</td>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>30&#x2013;39</td>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>40&#x2013;49</td>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>50&#x2013;59</td>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>60&#x2013;69</td>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>70+</td>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table><Paragraph>Note that the age groups do not overlap; a common mistake would be to make the groups 0&#x2013;10, 10&#x2013;20 and so on. This is incorrect because if you were aged 10, you would not know which group you should place yourself in.</Paragraph><Paragraph>A more complex example of a tally chart can be seen below. In this example you can see that the information that has been collected is split into more than one category. These are sometimes called data summary sheets or data collection tables. It doesn&#x2019;t matter where each category is placed on the chart as long as all aspects are included.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                <TableHead>Table 3</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <td rowspan="2"/>
                        <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="2">fewer than 6 trips</th>
                        <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="2">6 trips or more</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>under 26 years</td>
                        <td>26 years and over</td>
                        <td>under 26 years</td>
                        <td>26 years and over</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <th>male</th>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure> (1)</td>
                        <td>(0)</td>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure> (3)</td>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure> (6)</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <th>female</th>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure> (3)</td>
                        <td>(0)</td>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure> (1)</td>
                        <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_m2_s3_tally-4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/bltl_m2_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="1bdb3afd" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m2_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/></InlineFigure> (4)</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table><Paragraph>If you want to design a data collection or data summary sheet, you first need to know which categories of information you are looking for. Let&#x2019;s take a look at an example of how you might do this. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Imagine you work in a hotel and want to gather some data on your guests. You want to know the following information:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>rating given by the guest: excellent, good, or poor</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>length of stay: under 5 days, or 5 days or more</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>location: from the UK, or from abroad.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>A data summary sheet for this information could look like this:</Paragraph><Table style="topbottomrules" class="normal">
                <TableHead>Table 4</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <td rowspan="2"/>
                        <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="3">Stayed for under 5 days</th>
                        <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="3">Stayed for 5 days or more</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>Excellent</td>
                        <td>Good</td>
                        <td>Poor</td>
                        <td>Excellent</td>
                        <td>Good</td>
                        <td>Poor</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <th>From the UK</th>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <th>From abroad</th>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                        <td/>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table><Paragraph>Have a go at the activity below and try creating a data collection sheet for yourself.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 2: Data collection</Heading><Question><Paragraph>You work at a community centre and want to gather some data on the people who use your services. You would like to know the following information:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>whether they are male or female</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>if they use the centre during the day or during the evening</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>which age category they are in: 0&#x2013;25, 26&#x2013;50, 51+.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList><Paragraph>Design a suitable data collection sheet to gather the information.</Paragraph></Question><Answer><Paragraph>Your chart should look something like the example below. You may have chosen to put the categories in different rows and columns, which is perfectly fine. As long as all the options are covered your data collection sheet will be correct.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                        <TableHead>Table 5</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td rowspan="2"/>
                                <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="3">Daytime Visitor</th>
                                <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="3">Evening Visitor</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>0&#x2013;25</td>
                                <td>26&#x2013;50</td>
                                <td>51+</td>
                                <td>0&#x2013;25</td>
                                <td>26&#x2013;50</td>
                                <td>51+</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Male</th>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Female</th>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                                <td/>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you know the different ways in which you can collect your data, it&#x2019;s time to look at how you can put this information into various charts and graphs.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>explored the differences between tally charts, frequency tables and data collection sheets and understood their usefulness in data collection.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm3233"><Title>3 Bar charts</Title><Paragraph>There are two main types of bar charts &#x2013; single and dual. You can see examples of both below. Whilst both charts show the favourite sports of a group of students, the chart on the right-hand side breaks the data down into boys and girls; there are two bars for each sport. Depending on the type of data you are collecting, you could have more than two bars under each category. </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_fig3_779px_source.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L2\assets\01\Artwork\BLTL Maths Level 2_session3\Output\bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_fig3_511px.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="0d5a9e47" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_fig3_779px_source.png" x_imagewidth="780" x_imageheight="297" x_smallsrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_fig3_779px_source.small.png" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L2\assets\01\Artwork\BLTL Maths Level 2_session3\Output\bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_fig3_779px_source.small.png" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="194"/>
                <Caption>Figure 3 Single and dual bar charts</Caption>
                <Description>Single and dual bar charts labelled &#x2018;Our favourite sports&#x2019; with horizontal axes labelled &#x2018;Sports&#x2019;, vertical axes labelled &#x2018;Number of students&#x2019; and bar categories labelled &#x2018;Soccer&#x2019;, &#x2018;Softball&#x2019;, &#x2018;Netball&#x2019; and &#x2018;Other&#x2019;. The single bar chart has one bar for each category. The dual bar chart has two bars per category; one for girls and one for boys.</Description>
            </Figure><Section id="nonumber-idm3240"><Title>3.1 Features of a bar chart</Title><Paragraph>Regardless of which type of bar chart you are drawing, there are certain features that all charts should have. Look at the diagram below to learn what they are.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect3_1_fig4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect3_1_fig4_779px.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="80812116" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect3_1_fig4.png" x_imagewidth="778" x_imageheight="458" x_smallsrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect3_1_fig4.small.png" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L2\assets\01\Artwork\BLTL Maths Level 2_session3\Output\bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect3_1_fig4.small.png" x_smallwidth="510" x_smallheight="300"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 4 Features of a bar chart</Caption>
                    <Description>Illustration of the bar chart in the Figure 3. Labels point to features of the chart. The text reads:
<b>Title</b> &#x2013; all bar charts need a title to explain what data is being shown.
<b>Key</b> &#x2013; bar charts with more than one bar for each section will need a key so it is clear what each bar refers to.
<b>Bars</b> &#x2013; whilst this seems like stating the obvious, your bar graph needs accurately drawn bars that are all the same width.
<b>Bar labels</b> &#x2013; each bar must be clearly labelled.
<b>Horizontal axis title</b> &#x2013; all bar charts need a title along the axis to describe what the information along the axis relates to.
<b>Numbered scale</b> &#x2013; the axis must be numbered with a sensible scale, the numbers could go up in 1s, 2s, 5s, 10s etc. depending on what is appropriate for the data.
<b>Vertical axis title</b> &#x2013; all bar charts need a title along this axis to describe what the information along this axis refers to.
</Description>
                </Figure><Activity><Heading>Activity 3: Drawing a bar chart </Heading><Question><Paragraph>Draw a bar chart to represent the information shown in the table below.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead>Table 6</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th/>
                                    <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="4">Leisure centre users</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td/>
                                    <th>January</th>
                                    <th>February</th>
                                    <th>March</th>
                                    <th>April</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Male</th>
                                    <td>175</td>
                                    <td>154</td>
                                    <td>120</td>
                                    <td>165</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Female</th>
                                    <td>205</td>
                                    <td>178</td>
                                    <td>135</td>
                                    <td>148</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table></Question><Answer><Paragraph>Your bar chart should look something like the example below. You may have chosen to use a different scale but your chart should have the following features:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>a title</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>labels on both the horizontal and vertical axes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>bars labelled with the month</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>accurately drawn bars of the same width</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>a numbered scale on the vertical axis </Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>a key to show which bars are for males and which are for females.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </BulletedList><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act3_fig5.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L2\assets\01\Artwork\BLTL Maths Level 2_session3\Output\bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act3_fig5_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="b9a9ea37" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act3_fig5.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="301"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 5 A bar chart showing numbers of leisure centre users</Caption>
                            <Description>A bar chart showing the information provided in Table 6.</Description>
                        </Figure></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you understand the features of bar charts and are able to draw them, let&#x2019;s look at how to interpret the information they show.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm3302"><Title>3.2 Interpreting bar charts</Title><Paragraph>If you see a bar chart that is showing you information, it&#x2019;s useful to know how to interpret the information given. The most important thing you need to read to understand a bar chart correctly is the scale on the vertical axis. </Paragraph><Paragraph>As you know from drawing bar charts yourself, the numbers on the vertical axis can go up in steps of any size. You therefore need to work out what each of the smaller divisions is worth before you can use the information. The best way for you to learn is to practise looking at, and reading from, different bar charts. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Have a go at the activity below and see how you get on.</Paragraph><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 4: Interpreting bar charts</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Shannon asked some students how they travelled to school. She drew this bar chart to show the results.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_1.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L2\assets\01\Artwork\BLTL Maths Level 2_session3\Output\bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_1_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="f558be1b" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_1.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="301"/><Caption>Figure 6 Bar chart of how students travel to school</Caption><Description>A bar chart titled &#x2018;Students school travel&#x2019;. The horizontal axis is labelled &#x2018;Method of travel&#x2019; and has the categories &#x2018;Cycle&#x2019;, &#x2018;Bus&#x2019;, &#x2018;Walk&#x2019;, &#x2018;Car&#x2019;, and &#x2018;Other&#x2019;. The vertical axis is labelled &#x2018;Frequency&#x2019; and is numbered from zero to 10. The Cycle bar is at 4. The Bus bar is at 6. The Walk bar is at 9. The Car bar is at 5 and the Other bar is at 1.</Description></Figure><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Which method of travel was used most by the students?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How many more students walked to school than cycled to school?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How many students did Shannon ask in total?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Walking was the most used method of travel</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Students who walked = 9. Students who cycled = 4.</Paragraph><Paragraph>To find out how many more you do 9&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;4&#xA0;= 5 more students walked than cycled.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>To work out the total number of students asked you need to add the amount shown by each bar together:</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;4&#xA0;+&#xA0;6&#xA0;+&#xA0;9&#xA0;+&#xA0;5&#xA0;+&#xA0;1&#xA0;=&#xA0;25 students in total.</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>The bar chart shows the number of adults and the number of children going to a museum each month from January to April.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_2.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L2\assets\01\Artwork\BLTL Maths Level 2_session3\Output\bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_2_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="43766235" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_2.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="306"/><Caption>Figure 7 Bar chart of museum visits</Caption><Description>A bar chart titled &#x2018;Museum visits&#x2019;. The horizontal axis is labelled &#x2018;Month&#x2019; and has the categories &#x2018;January&#x2019;, &#x2018;February&#x2019;, &#x2018;March&#x2019; and &#x2018;April&#x2019;. There are two bars per category: adults and children. The vertical axis is labelled &#x2018;Number of people&#x2019; and is numbered from zero to 800. The January bars are at 500 (adults), 600 (children). The February bars are at 650 (adults), 500 (children). The March bars are at 300 (adults) and 750 (children). The April bars are at 600 (adults) and 300 (children).</Description></Figure><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>How many adults went to the museum in March?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How many more children than adults went to the museum in the 4 months from January to April?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList class="decimal" start="2">
                                    <ListItem xml:space="preserve"><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>The key shows that adults are represented by the white bar. In March, 300 adults went to the museum.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>To find out how many more children than adults went, you need to add up the total for the adults and the total for the children and then find the difference. The scale on the side goes up in 100s therefore the middle of each is 50.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Adults: 500 + 650 + 300 + 600 = 2050</Paragraph><Paragraph>Children: 600 + 500 + 750 + 300 = 2150</Paragraph><Paragraph>Difference: 2150 &#x2013; 2050 = 100 more children went than adults.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>90 cat owners were asked to write down the brand of cat food their cats liked best.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The bar chart shows information about the results.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_3_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="4e243ece" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act4_fig6_3.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="301"/><Caption>Figure 8 Bar chart of favourite brands of cat food</Caption><Description>A bar chart titled &#x2018;Favourite cat food&#x2019;. The horizontal axis is labelled &#x2018;Cat food brands&#x2019; and has the categories &#x2018;Kitty&#x2019;, &#x2018;Top Cat&#x2019;, &#x2018;Katkins&#x2019;, and &#x2018;Coolkat&#x2019;. The vertical axis is labelled &#x2018;Frequency&#x2019; and is numbered from zero to 40. The Kitty bar is at 10. The Top Cat bar is at 35. The Katkins bar is at 30. The Coolkat bar is at 15.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>This statement was in the magazine:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>1 out of 6 cats like Coolkat best</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Is this statement correct? Explain your answer.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList class="decimal" start="3">
                                    <ListItem xml:space="preserve"><Paragraph>You need to know both the total that liked Coolkat and the total number of cats. The scale goes up in 10s so halfway between each numbered division is worth 5. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The total who liked Coolkat is 15.</Paragraph><Paragraph>In the question it tells you that 90 cat owners were surveyed so therefore 15 out of 90 liked Coolkat best. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Simplifying this fraction:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>15</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>90</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" overflow="scroll">
                                                  <mstyle mathvariant="normal" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathsize="12pt">3</mi>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathsize="12pt">18</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Yes, the statement is correct.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>You should now be feeling confident with both drawing and interpreting bar charts so it&#x2019;s time to move on to look at another type of chart &#x2013; pie charts. </Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>to interpret the information shown on a bar chart</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>about single and dual bar charts and practised using them to represent data.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm3436"><Title>4 Pie charts</Title><Paragraph>Pie charts are a really good way of showing information that you want to be able to compare at a glance. It is very easy to visually see the largest and smallest sections of the chart and how they compare to the other sections. </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig7_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig7_511px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="13ca1f37" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig7_511px.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="357"/>
                <Caption>Figure 9 A partially eaten pie</Caption>
            </Figure><Paragraph>In the first part of this section you&#x2019;ll learn how to draw and then move on to interpreting pie charts.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm3443"><Title>4.1 Drawing pie charts</Title><Paragraph>The best way to understand the steps involved in drawing a pie chart is to watch the worked example in the video below.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_3_4_1_pie_charts.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_3_4_1_pie_charts_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="ae33b86d" x_subtitles="bltl_3_4_1_pie_charts.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>When you draw a pie chart, you're splitting a circle into a number of different sections of different sizes, depending on the data you're given. A full circle has a total of 360 degrees. A quarter of a circle is 90 degrees, and a half circle is 180 degrees. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Let's create a pie chart to show you the steps involved in drawing one. This table shows some information about the number of clients at a beauty salon and what treatments they had. If you want to draw a pie chart, you need to know how many degrees of the circle to allocate for each treatment. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>To do this, you need to divide 360 degrees by the number of clients. This is because you want to share the full circle, 360 degrees, equally between each of the clients. Each person is represented by a certain number of degrees. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>In this example, the total number of clients equals 24 + 16 + 15 + 5, which equals 60. 360 divided by 60 equals 6, so each client gets six degrees of the circle. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Now that you know how many degrees each treatment type is worth, you can draw the pie chart. First, you need to draw a circle. Next, draw a line from the centre of the circle to the top of the circle. This will be the line that you start drawing your slices from. Now, use a protractor to measure the correct angles and draw the pie chart. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>It should look something like this. Now, have a go at drawing a pie chart for yourself.</Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    
                <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani07_maths_3_4_1_pie_charts.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="ad143e35" x_imagesrc="ani07_maths_3_4_1_pie_charts.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="287"/>
                    </Figure></MediaContent><Paragraph>Now have a go at drawing a pie chart for yourself.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 5: Drawing a pie chart</Heading><Question><Paragraph>A leisure centre wants to compare which activities customers choose to do when they visit the centre. The information is shown in the table below. Draw an accurate pie chart to show this information.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead>Table 7</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Activity</th>
                                    <th>Number of customers</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Swimming</td>
                                    <td>26</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Gym</td>
                                    <td>17</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Exercise class </td>
                                    <td>20</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Sauna</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table></Question><Answer><Paragraph>Firstly, work out the total number of customers: 26&#xA0;+&#xA0;17&#xA0;+&#xA0;20&#xA0;+&#xA0;9&#xA0;=&#xA0;72.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Now work out the number of degrees that represents customer: 360&#x2DA;&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;72&#xA0;=&#xA0;5&#x2DA; per customer.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead>Table 8</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Activity</th>
                                    <th>Number of customers</th>
                                    <th>Number of degrees</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Swimming</td>
                                    <td>26</td>
                                    <td>26 &#xD7; 5 = 130&#x2DA;</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Gym</td>
                                    <td>17</td>
                                    <td>17 &#xD7; 5 = 85&#x2DA;</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Exercise class </td>
                                    <td>20</td>
                                    <td>20 &#xD7; 5 = 100&#x2DA;</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Sauna</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                    <td>9 &#xD7; 5 = 45&#x2DA;</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table><Paragraph>Now use this information to draw your pie chart. It should look something like this:</Paragraph><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act5_fig10_341px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act5_fig10_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="8c54bbef" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act5_fig10_341px.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="342"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 10 Pie chart for customer leisure centre activities</Caption>
                            <Description>A pie chart labelled &#x2018;Customer activities&#x2019; showing the data in Table&#xA0;8.</Description>
                        </Figure></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you can accurately draw a pie chart, it&#x2019;s time to look at how to interpret them. You won&#x2019;t always be given the actual data, you may just be given the total number represented by the chart or a section of the chart and the angles on the pie chart itself. It&#x2019;s useful to know how to use your maths skills to work out the actual figures.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Here&#x2019;s a reminder of the degrees of a circle which will be useful when you come to read from pie charts.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect4_1_fig8_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/BLTL/placeholder_342.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="89c01af6" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect4_1_fig8_511px.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="149"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 11 Degrees of a circle</Caption>
                    <Description>Four circles with arrows around the outside showing 45&#xB0;, 90&#xB0;, 180&#xB0; and 360&#xB0;.</Description>
                </Figure></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm3516"><Title>4.2 Interpreting pie charts</Title><Paragraph>Imagine you&#x2019;ve been presented with the pie chart below. The chart shows the ages of students competing at an athletic event.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig11_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig11_511px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="e2620172" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act1_fig11_511px.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="333"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 12 Interpreting pie charts</Caption>
                    <Description>A pie chart with four segments labelled 13 years, 16 years, 15 years and 14 years. The 13 years segment has a square drawn in the corner labelled &#x2018;Remember, an angle shown like this is a right angle, meaning it&#x2019;s 90&#xB0;. The 16 years segment is marked as 60&#xB0; and the 14 years segment is marked as 115&#xB0;.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>There are two possible pieces of information you could be given. You could be given the total number of students that were at the event, or, you could be given the number of students in one of the age categories.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Reading a pie chart 1</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s say you were told that 72 people attended the competition. Since you know that 360&#x2DA; has been shared equally between all 72 people, you do 360&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;72&#xA0;=&#xA0;5&#x2DA; per person.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Once you know this, if you wanted, for example, to know how many students that took part were 16 years old, you would look at the degrees on the chart for 16-year-old&#x2019;s which in this example is 60&#x2DA;.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You would do 60&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;12 students.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you wanted to work out the number of 15-year-olds, you would first need to work out the missing angle; you know that all the angles will add up to 360&#x2DA; so just do:&#xA0;</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>360&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;115&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;90&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;95&#x2DA;</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>And now do the same as before 95&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;19 students who were 15 years old.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Reading a pie chart 2</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Using the same pie chart, let&#x2019;s say that all you were told was that 23 students took part who were 14 years old.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You can see that the angle for 14-year-olds is 115&#x2DA; and you&#x2019;ve been told that this represents 23 students. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>To find out how many degrees each student gets, you do 115&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;23&#xA0;=&#xA0;5&#x2DA; per student. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Once you know this you can find out how many students are represented by each other section in the same way as we did in example 1. For example, the 13-year-olds have an angle of 90&#x2DA;. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>To find out how many there are you do 90&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;18 students who were 13 years old. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Pie charts are very similar to ratio. In ratio questions you are always looking to find out how much 1 part is worth, in pie chart questions, you are looking to find how many degrees represents 1 person (or whatever object the pie chart is representing).</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>As well as being closely linked with ratio, pie charts also involve the use of your fractions skills. If, for example, you were asked what fraction of the students were 16 years old, you can show this as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" overflow="scroll">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">60</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>360</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> since the 16-year-olds are 60 degrees out of the total 360 degrees. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Using your fractions skills however, the fraction <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" overflow="scroll">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">60</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>360</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> can be simplified to <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                        <mn mathsize="12pt">.</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>It&#x2019;s time for you to practise your skills at interpreting pie charts. Have a go at the activity below and then check your answers with the feedback given.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 6: Interpreting pie charts</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>The pie chart below shows how long a gardener spent doing various activities over a month.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act6_fig12a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act6_fig12_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="377758ee" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act6_fig12a.png" x_imagewidth="341" x_imageheight="298"/><Caption>Figure 13 Pie chart of gardening activities</Caption><Description>A pie chart with four segments labelled &#x2018;weeding&#x2019;, &#x2018;digging&#x2019;, &#x2018;planting&#x2019; and &#x2018;cutting the grass&#x2019;. The digging segment is marked as 100&#xB0;, the planting segment is marked as 80&#xB0;, the cutting the grass segment is marked as 40&#xB0; and the weeding segment is blank.</Description></Figure><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>What fraction of the time was spent planting? Give your answer in its simplest form.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>5 hours were spent digging. How long was spent on cutting the grass?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Planting = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" overflow="scroll">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">80</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>360</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> in its simplest form.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Digging is 100&#x2DA; and you know that that was 5 hours. 100&#x2DA;&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;20&#x2DA; for each hour.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Since cutting the grass has an angle of 40&#x2DA;, you do 40&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;20&#xA0;=&#xA0;2 hours cutting the grass.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>120 adults participating in an online course were asked if they felt there were enough activities for them to complete throughout the course. The pie chart below shows the results.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act6_fig12b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act6_fig12_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="a396d8e2" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act6_fig12b.png" x_imagewidth="341" x_imageheight="296"/><Caption>Figure 14 Pie chart of opinions about an online course</Caption><Description>A pie chart with four segments labelled &#x2018;too little&#x2019;, &#x2018;do not know&#x2019;, &#x2018;too much&#x2019; and &#x2018;enough&#x2019;. The too little segment is marked as 45&#xB0;, the do not know segment is marked as 60&#xB0;, the too much segment is marked as 105&#xB0; and the enough segment is blank.</Description></Figure><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>What fraction of the adults thought there were too many activities? Give your answer in its simplest form.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>How many adults thought there were enough activities?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>Too much = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" overflow="scroll">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">105</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>360</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" overflow="scroll">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">7</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>24</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> in its simplest form.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>You know that 120 adults took part in the survey. To find out how many degrees represents each adult, you do 360&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;120&#xA0;=&#xA0;3 degrees per person.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Next you need to know the angle for those who said there were enough activities. For this, you do: </Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;360&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;105&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;60&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;45&#xA0;=&#xA0;150&#x2DA;</Paragraph><Paragraph>Now you know this, you can do: 150&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;3&#xA0;=&#xA0;50 adults thought there were enough activities.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>Well done! You can now draw and interpret bar charts and pie charts; both of which are good ways to represent discrete data. In the next part of this session, you will learn how to draw and interpret line graphs.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>what types of information can be represented effectively on a pie chart</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to use and interpret a pie chart</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to draw an accurate pie chart when given a set of data.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm3680"><Title>5 Line graphs</Title><Paragraph>Line graphs are a very useful way to spot patterns or trends over time. The example below shows the population over a number of years of a rare type of bird on a small island. Just from looking at the graph we can see that the population of birds is going down over time, with a brief period between 2006 and 2007 where there was a slight rise. </Paragraph><Paragraph>If you were looking at how to increase the numbers of these birds, you would look more closely at what happened over those years and see what circumstances might have helped the population grow. Once you had discovered this, you could try to replicate it over coming years to try and increase the population. </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect5_fig13_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect5_fig13_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="3614f6f3" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect5_fig13_511px.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="335"/>
                <Caption>&#xA0;Figure 15 A graph to show the population of the Kakapo bird on Stewart Island</Caption>
                <Description>A line graph. The horizontal axis is labelled &#x2018;Year&#x2019; and has 10 data points from 2001 to 2010. The vertical axis is labelled &#x2018;Population&#x2019; and has 7 data points from 0 to 60. The line shows an overall downward trend from left to right, with a slight upwards rise around 2006&#x2013;2007.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>Now that you understand how useful line graphs can be and how they can be used, next you&#x2019;ll learn how to draw and interpret them.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm3689"><Title>5.1 Drawing line graphs</Title><Paragraph>Drawing a line graph is very similar to drawing a bar chart, and they have many of the same features.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Line graphs need:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>a title</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>a title for each axis</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>a numbered scale on the vertical axis</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>labels on the horizontal axis (in the example in Figure 15; 2001, 2002 etc.) so that it is clear to the reader what they are looking at.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList><Paragraph>The main difference when drawing a line graph rather than a bar chart, is that rather than a bar, you put a dot or a small cross to represent each piece of information. You then join each dot together with a line. There is significant debate over whether the dots should be joined with a curve (as in the example in Figure 15) or with straight line. Whilst the issue is (believe it or not!) hotly contested, the general consensus seems to be that dots should be joined with straight lines.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 7: Drawing a line graph</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Have a go a drawing a line graph to represent the data below.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The table below shows the temperature in London on one day in October.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead>Table 9</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Time</th>
                                    <td>7&#xA0;am</td>
                                    <td>9&#xA0;am</td>
                                    <td>11&#xA0;am</td>
                                    <td>1&#xA0;pm</td>
                                    <td>3&#xA0;pm</td>
                                    <td>5&#xA0;pm</td>
                                    <td>7&#xA0;pm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Temperature (&#x2DA;C)</th>
                                    <td>7&#x2DA;</td>
                                    <td>8&#x2DA;</td>
                                    <td>12&#x2DA;</td>
                                    <td>13&#x2DA;</td>
                                    <td>11&#x2DA;</td>
                                    <td>10&#x2DA;</td>
                                    <td>6&#x2DA;</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table></Question><Answer><Paragraph>Your graph should look similar to the one shown below.</Paragraph><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect5_1_fig14_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect5_1_fig14_341px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="d95a814c" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect5_1_fig14_511px.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="258"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 16 A line graph of temperature and time</Caption>
                            <Description>A line graph with the title &#x2018;Temperature in London&#x2019; showing the data in Table 9.</Description>
                        </Figure></Answer></Activity></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm3735"><Title>5.2 Interpreting line graphs</Title><Paragraph>Interpreting line graphs is also very similar to the way you interpret bar charts; it&#x2019;s just about using the scales shown on the graph to find out information. Given that you&#x2019;ve already learned and practised interpreting bar charts, you can jump straight into an activity on interpreting line graphs.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 8: A population line graph</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>The graph shows information about the population of a village in thousands.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act7_1_fig15_1_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act7_1_fig15_1_511px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="98b08f48" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act7_1_fig15_1_511px.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="287"/><Caption>Figure 17 Line graph showing village population over time</Caption><Description>A line graph titled &#x2018;Village population&#x2019;. The horizontal axis is labelled &#x2018;Time&#x2019; and shows the years 1981, 1991, 2001 and 2011. The vertical axis is labelled &#x2018;Population (1000s)&#x2019; and is numbered from zero to 12. The data points are: 1981 (6), 1991 (8), 2001 (7) and 2011 (10).</Description></Figure><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>What was the population of the village in 1991?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>What was the increase in population from 1981 to 2011?</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>In 1991 the population was 8000.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>In 1981 the population was 6000, in 2011 the population was 10,000. </Paragraph><Paragraph>This is an increase of 10,000&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;6000&#xA0;=&#xA0;4000.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Beth recorded the temperature, in degrees (&#xB0;C), inside her greenhouse every hour on one day.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The graph shows information about her results.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act7_1_fig15_2_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act7_1_fig15_2_511px.png" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="d1855f20" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_act7_1_fig15_2_511px.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="389"/><Caption>Figure 18 Line graph showing greenhouse temperature over time</Caption><Description>A line graph titled &#x2018;Greenhouse temperature&#x2019;. The horizontal axis is labelled &#x2018;Time&#x2019; and shows the hours 10 am, 11 am, 12 noon, 1 pm, 2 pm, 3 pm, and 4 pm. The vertical axis is labelled &#x2018;Temperature (&#xB0;C)&#x2019; and is numbered from 20 to 25. The data points are: 10 am (21), 11 am (23), 12 noon (25), 1 pm (24.5), 2 pm (23.5), 3 pm (22.5) and 4 pm (22).</Description></Figure><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>What was the temperature at 3&#xA0;pm?</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Describe the change in temperature from 12&#xA0;noon to 4&#xA0;pm.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>For how many hours was the temperature in the green house above 23&#x2DA;C.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>At 3&#xA0;pm the temperature was 22.5&#x2DA;C.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>From 12 noon to 4&#xA0;pm the temperature is dropping. It drops from its highest at 25&#x2DA;C&#xA0;to&#xA0;22&#x2DA;C at 4&#xA0;pm.</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>The temperature hit 23&#x2DA;C at 11&#xA0;am and remained at or above this temperature until 2:30&#xA0;pm.</Paragraph><Paragraph>This is a period of 3 and a half hours.</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>How did you get on? Hopefully you were able to answer all the questions without too much difficulty. As long as you have worked out the scale correctly and read the question carefully, there&#x2019;s nothing too tricky involved. </Paragraph><Paragraph>You have now covered each drawing and interpreted each different type of chart and graph so it&#x2019;s time to move on to look at other uses for data: averages and range. </Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>which types of data can be suitably represented by a line graph and which are best suited to other types of charts.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to interpret the information shown on a line graph</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to draw an accurate line graph for a given set of data.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm3804"><Title>6 Averages: range, mean and median</Title><Paragraph>The three types of averages that you will be focussing on in this part of the session are range, mean and median. There is one other type of average, called the mode, but this course requires you only to be familiar with the three you are about to cover.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm3807"><Title>6.1 Range</Title><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/peaks_and_troughs.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/peaks_and_troughs.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="76d88fbe" x_contenthash="4e8db3f6" x_imagesrc="peaks_and_troughs.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="332"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 19 A mountain range of different sized peaks</Caption>
                </Figure><Paragraph>Much like this stunning mountain range is made up of a variety of different sized mountains, a set of numerical data will include a range of values from smallest to biggest. The range is simply the difference between the biggest value and the smallest value. The range can be useful to know because data sets with a big difference between the highest and lowest values can imply a certain amount of risk. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s say there are two basketball players and you are trying to choose which player to put on for the last quarter. If one player has a large range of points scored per game (sometimes they score a lot of points but other times they score very few) and the other player has a smaller range (meaning they are more consistent with their point scoring) it might be safest to choose the more consistent player. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Take a look at the example below.</Paragraph><Paragraph>A farmer takes down information about the weight, in kg, of apples that one worker collected each day on his farm.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead>Table 10</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Monday</th>
                            <th>Tuesday</th>
                            <th>Wednesday</th>
                            <th>Thursday</th>
                            <th>Friday</th>
                            <th>Saturday</th>
                            <th>Sunday</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>56&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>70&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>45&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>82&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>67&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>44&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>72&#xA0;kg</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table><Paragraph>In order to find the range of this data, you simply find the biggest value (82 kg) and the smallest value (44 kg) and find the difference:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>82 &#x2013; 44 = 38 kg</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>The range is therefore 38 kg.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Now let&#x2019;s compare this worker to another worker whose information is shown in the table below.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead>Table 11</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Monday</th>
                            <th>Tuesday</th>
                            <th>Wednesday</th>
                            <th>Thursday</th>
                            <th>Friday</th>
                            <th>Saturday</th>
                            <th>Sunday</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>56&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>60&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>58&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>62&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>65&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>49&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>58&#xA0;kg</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table><Paragraph>This worker has a highest value of 65 kg and a lowest value of 49 kg. The range for this worker is therefore 65 &#x2013; 49 = 16 kg. The second worker is therefore a more consistent apple picker than the first worker.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Now try one for yourself.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 9: Finding the range</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The table below shows the sales made by a caf&#xE9; on each day of the week:</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead>Table 12</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Monday</th>
                                    <th>Tuesday</th>
                                    <th>Wednesday</th>
                                    <th>Thursday</th>
                                    <th>Friday</th>
                                    <th>Saturday</th>
                                    <th>Sunday</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>&#xA3;156.72</td>
                                    <td>&#xA3;230.54</td>
                                    <td>&#xA3;203.87</td>
                                    <td>&#xA3;179.43</td>
                                    <td>&#xA3;188.41</td>
                                    <td>&#xA3;254.70</td>
                                    <td>&#xA3;221.75</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>What is the range of sales for the caf&#xE9; over the week?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList><NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A bowling team want to compare the scores for their players. The table below shows their results.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead>Table 13</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Name</th>
                                    <td><b>Andy</b></td>
                                    <td><b>Bilal</b></td>
                                    <td><b>Caz</b></td>
                                    <td><b>Dom</b></td>
                                    <td><b>Ede</b></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Highest score</th>
                                    <td>176</td>
                                    <td>175</td>
                                    <td>162</td>
                                    <td>170</td>
                                    <td>150</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Lowest score</th>
                                    <td>148</td>
                                    <td>145</td>
                                    <td>142</td>
                                    <td>165</td>
                                    <td>116</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Which player is the most consistent? Give a reason for your answer.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Simply find the highest value: &#xA3;254.70, and lowest value: &#xA3;156.72, then find the difference:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;254.70&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;&#xA3;156.72&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;97.98</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to look at the range for each player:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Andy: 176 &#x2212; 148 = 28</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Bilal: 175 &#x2212; 145 = 30</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Caz: 162 &#x2212; 142 = 20</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Dom: 170 &#x2212; 165 = 5</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Ede: 150 &#x2212; 116 = 34</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The player with the smallest range is Dom and so Dom is the most consistent player.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>As you have seen, finding the range of a set of data is very simple but it can give some useful insights into the data. The most commonly used average is the &#x2018;mean average&#x2019; (or sometimes just the mean) and you&#x2019;ll look at this next.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm3949"><Title>6.2 Mean average</Title><Paragraph>There are three things that you will learn about in this section: </Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>finding the mean when given a set of data</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>finding the mean from a frequency table</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>finding missing data when given the mean.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_2_fig17_1_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_2_fig17_1_511px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="1878113e" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_2_fig17_1_511px.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="326"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 20 Below average and mean average</Caption>
                </Figure><Paragraph>The mean is a good method to use when you want to compare a large set of data, for example:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>the average amount spent by customers in a shop</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>the average cost of a house in a certain area</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>the average time taken for your chosen breakdown service to get to your car.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList><Paragraph>The mean average can help us make comparisons between sets of data which can then help you when making a decision.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm3971"><Title>6.3 Finding the mean from a set of data</Title><Paragraph>To find the mean of a simple set of data, all you need to do is find the total, or sum, of all the items together and then divide this total by how many items of data there are.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules" position="fixed">
                    <TableHead>Table 11 (repeated)</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Monday</th>
                            <th>Tuesday</th>
                            <th>Wednesday</th>
                            <th>Thursday</th>
                            <th>Friday</th>
                            <th>Saturday</th>
                            <th>Sunday</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>56&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>60&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>58&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>62&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>65&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>49&#xA0;kg</td>
                            <td>58&#xA0;kg</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table><Paragraph>Look again at the weight, in kg, of apples that one worker collected each day on an apple farm (shown above). If you want to calculate the mean average weight of apples collected, you first find the sum or total of the weight of apples collected in the week:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>56&#xA0;+&#xA0;60&#xA0;+&#xA0;58&#xA0;+&#xA0;62&#xA0;+&#xA0;65&#xA0;+&#xA0;49&#xA0;+&#xA0;58&#xA0;=&#xA0;408&#xA0;kg</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>Next, divide this total but the number of data items, in this case, 7:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>408&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;7&#xA0;=&#xA0;58.3&#xA0;kg&#xA0;(rounded&#xA0;to&#xA0;one&#xA0;d.p.)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>It is important to note that the mean may well be a decimal number even if the numbers you added together were whole numbers.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Another important thing to note here is that the two sums (the addition and then the division) are done as two separate sums. If you were to write:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>56&#xA0;+&#xA0;60&#xA0;+&#xA0;58&#xA0;+&#xA0;62&#xA0;+&#xA0;65&#xA0;+&#xA0;49&#xA0;+&#xA0;58&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;7</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>this would be incorrect (remember BIDMAS from Session 1?). Unless you are going to use brackets to show which sum needs to be done first (56&#xA0;+&#xA0;60&#xA0;+&#xA0;58&#xA0;+&#xA0;62&#xA0;+&#xA0;65&#xA0;+&#xA0;49&#xA0;+&#xA0;58)&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;7, it is accurate to write two separate calculations.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Have a go at calculating the mean for yourself by completing the activity below.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 10: Finding the mean</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The table below shows the sale price of ten, 2 bedroom semi-detached houses in a town in Liverpool.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules" position="fixed">
                            <TableHead>Table 14</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>House 1</th>
                                    <th>House 2</th>
                                    <th>House 3</th>
                                    <th>House 4</th>
                                    <th>House 5</th>
                                    <th>House 6</th>
                                    <th>House 7</th>
                                    <th>House 8</th>
                                    <th>House 9</th>
                                    <th>House 10</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;70,000</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;65,950</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;66,500</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;71,200</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;68,000</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;62,995</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;70,500</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;68,750</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">&#xA3;59,950</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">67,900</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>What is the mean house price in this area?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList><NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The table below shows the units of gas used by a household for the first 6 months of a year.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules" position="fixed">
                            <TableHead>Table 15</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>January</th>
                                    <th>February</th>
                                    <th>March</th>
                                    <th>April</th>
                                    <th>May</th>
                                    <th>June</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">1650</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">1875</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">1548</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">1206</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">654</td>
                                    <td class="TableLeft">234</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Calculate the mean amount of gas units used per month.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>First find the total of the house prices:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;&#xA0;70,000 + &#xA3;&#xA0;65,950 + &#xA3;&#xA0;66,500 + &#xA3;&#xA0;71,200 + &#xA3;&#xA0;68,000 + &#xA3;&#xA0;62,995 + &#xA3;&#xA0;70,500 + &#xA3;&#xA0;68,750 + &#xA3;&#xA0;59,950 + &#xA3;&#xA0;67,900 = &#xA3;&#xA0;671,745</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now divide this total by the number of houses (10):</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#xA3;671,745&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;10&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;67,174.50</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Find the total number of units used:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>1650&#xA0;+&#xA0;1875&#xA0;+&#xA0;1548&#xA0;+&#xA0;1206&#xA0;+&#xA0;654&#xA0;+&#xA0;234&#xA0;=&#xA0;7167&#xA0;units</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now divide this total by the number of months (6):</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>7167 &#xF7; 6 = 1194.5 units</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>This method of finding the mean is fine if you have a relatively small set of data. What about if the set of data you have is much larger? If this was the case, the data would probably not be presented as a list of numbers, it&#x2019;s much more likely to be presented in a frequency table. </Paragraph><Paragraph>In the next part of this section, you will learn how find the mean when data is presented in this way.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm4088"><Title>6.4 Finding the mean from a frequency table</Title><Paragraph>Large groups of data will often be shown as a frequency table, rather than as a long list. This is a much more user friendly way to look at a large set of data. Look at the example below where there is data on how many times, over a year, customers used a gardening service.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead>Table 16</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Number of visits in a year</th>
                            <th>Number of customers</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>1</td>
                            <td>6</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>2</td>
                            <td>10</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>3</td>
                            <td>11</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td>16</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>5</td>
                            <td>4</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>3</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table><Paragraph>We could write this as a list if we wanted to:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 and so on </Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>but it&#x2019;s much clearer to look at in the table format. But how would you find the mean of this data? Well, there were 6 customers who had one visit from the gardening company, that&#x2019;s a total of 1&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;6&#xA0;=&#xA0;6&#xA0;visits. Then there were 10 customers who had 2 visits, that&#x2019;s a total of 2&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;10&#xA0;=&#xA0;20&#xA0;visits. Do this for each row of the table, as shown below.</Paragraph><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead>Table 17</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Number of visits in a year</th>
                            <th>Number of customers</th>
                            <th>Total visits</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>1</td>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>1 &#xD7; 6 = 6</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>2</td>
                            <td>10</td>
                            <td>2 &#xD7; 10 = 20</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>3</td>
                            <td>11</td>
                            <td>3 &#xD7; 11 = 33</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td>16</td>
                            <td>4 &#xD7; 16 = 64</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>5</td>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td>5 &#xD7; 4 = 20</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>3</td>
                            <td>6 &#xD7; 3 = 18</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td/>
                            <td highlight="normal"><u>Total = 50 customers</u></td>
                            <td highlight="normal"><u>Total = 161 visits</u></td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table><Paragraph>Finally, work out the totals for each column (highlighted in a lighter colour on the table above).</Paragraph><Paragraph>Now you have all the information you need to find the mean; the total number of visits is 161 and the total number of customers is 50 so you do 161 &#xF7; 50 = 3.22 visits per year as the mean average.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Warning! Many people trip up on these because they will find the total visits (161) but rather than divide by the total number of customers (50) they divide by the number of rows in the table (in this example, 6).</Paragraph><Paragraph>If you do 161 &#xF7; 6 = 26.83, logic tells you, that since the maximum number of visits any customer had was 6, the mean average cannot be 26.83. Always sense check your answer to make sure it is somewhere between the lowest and highest values of the table. For this example, anything below 1 or above 6 must be incorrect!</Paragraph><Paragraph>Have a go at a couple of these yourself so that you feel confident with this skill.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 11: Finding the mean from frequency tables</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>The table below shows some data about the number of times children were absent from school over a term.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Work out the mean average number of absences.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                                    <TableHead>Table 18</TableHead>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Number of absences</th>
                                            <th>Number of children</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">1</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">26</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">2</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">13</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">3</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">0</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">4</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">35</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">5</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">6</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>First, work out the total number of absences by multiplying the absence column by the number of children. Next, work out the totals for each column.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                                    <TableHead>Table 19</TableHead>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Number of absences</th>
                                            <th>Number of children</th>
                                            <th>Total number of absences</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">1</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">26</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">1 &#xD7; 26 = 26</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">2</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">13</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">2 &#xD7; 13 = 26</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">3</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">0</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">3 &#xD7; 0 = 0</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">4</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">35</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">4 &#xD7; 35 = 140</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">5</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">6</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">5 &#xD7; 6 = 30</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">&#xA0;</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft" highlight="normal"><u>Total = 80</u></td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft" highlight="normal"><u>Total = 222</u></td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>To find the mean do: 222 &#xF7; 80 = 2.775 mean average.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>You run a youth club for 16&#x2013;21-year-olds and are interested in the average age of young people who attend.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You collect the information shown in the table below. Work out the mean age of those who attend. Give your answer rounded to one decimal place.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                                    <TableHead>Table 20</TableHead>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Age</th>
                                            <th>Number of young people</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">16</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">3</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">17</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">8</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">18</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">5</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">19</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">12</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">20</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">6</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">21</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">1</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Again, first work out the totals for each row and column.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                                    <TableHead>Table 21</TableHead>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Age</th>
                                            <th>Number of young people</th>
                                            <th>Age &#xD7; Number</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">16</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">3</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">16 &#xD7; 3 = 48</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">17</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">8</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">17 &#xD7; 8 = 136</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">18</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">5</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">18 &#xD7; 5 = 90</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">19</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">12</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">19 &#xD7; 12 = 228</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">20</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">6</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">20 &#xD7; 6 = 120</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">21</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">1</td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft">21 &#xD7; 1 = 21</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td class="TableLeft"/>
                                            <td class="TableLeft" highlight="normal"><u>Total = 35</u></td>
                                            <td class="TableLeft" highlight="normal"><u>Total = 643</u></td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>To find the mean you then do: </Paragraph><BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>643&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;35&#xA0;=&#xA0;18.4 years (rounded to one d.p.)</Paragraph></SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>If you are given all the data in a set and asked to find the mean, it&#x2019;s a relatively simple process (as long as you have your calculator handy!). What if you are only given some of the data and the mean? How do you go about working out the missing data? The next part of this section deals with these kind of &#x2018;reverse mean&#x2019; skills.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm4310"><Title>6.5 Calculating missing data when given the mean</Title><Paragraph>Sometimes, rather than being given the data and asked to find the mean, you may be given some of the data as well as the mean and asked to find the missing piece of data.</Paragraph><CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Finding the missing number 1</Heading>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_5_1_fig18_1_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_5_1_fig18_1_511px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="41192d1e" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_5_1_fig18_1_511px.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="165"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 21 Calculating missing data using the mean</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of four cards in a row. They show the numbers 14, 20, 16 and ? (question mark).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>The mean of the numbers on 4 cards is 15. Find the missing number.</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>If you think about how we work out the mean &#x2013; add up all the numbers and then divide by how many numbers there are &#x2013; for this example, the calculation looks like this:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mstyle mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">Total of numbers</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>4</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mstyle>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 15</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>If we &#x2018;undo&#x2019; the division by 4, by multiplying both sides by 4 we are left with:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>Total of numbers = 15 &#xD7; 4</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Total of numbers = 60</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Now that you know the total of all 4 numbers is 60, to find the missing number you can simply subtract the numbers that you do know from 60.</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>60 &#x2013; 14 &#x2013; 20 &#x2013; 16 = 10</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The missing number is therefore 10.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s take a look at a slightly different example.</Paragraph><CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Finding the missing number 2</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A rugby team has played a total of 12 matches over the season. The mean average number of points scored is 14. The team play one more match and score 20 points. How does this affect the mean average over the 13 games?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Again, you know that for this example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mstyle mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">Total of numbers</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>12</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mstyle>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 14</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Similarly to the last example, if you &#x2018;undo&#x2019; the division by 12 by multiplying both sides by 12, you are left with:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>Total of numbers = 12 &#xD7; 14</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Total of numbers = 168</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Now you know the total of points scored in the first 12 games played. You have been told in the question that the team play one more game and score 20 points. The new total for all 13 games is therefore 168 + 20 = 188 points.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>To find the mean we now do, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">188</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>13</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 14.5 (rounded to one d.p.). Therefore, the mean average increases after the thirteenth game is played.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Now have a go at the activity below and check your knowledge and understanding.</Paragraph><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 12: Problem solving using the mean</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The mean of all 5 cards is 31. Work out the missing number.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_5_1_fig18_2_511px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session3/Output/bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_5_1_fig18_2_511px.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="96f34161" x_contenthash="c58e20ad" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_bltl_l2_sess3_sect6_5_1_fig18_2_511px.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="135"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 22 Problem solving using the mean</Caption>
                            <Description>An illustration of five cards in a row. They show the numbers 34, 29, ? (question mark), 35 and 27.</Description>
                        </Figure><NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>A shop works out the mean average sales over the first 6 months of the year. The mean for these 6 months is &#xA3;2400. In the following month, the mean increases to &#xA3;2500. How much did the shop make in the seventh month?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mstyle mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">Total of numbers</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>5</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mstyle>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 31</Paragraph><Paragraph>Total of numbers = 31 &#xD7; 5</Paragraph><Paragraph>Total of numbers = 155</Paragraph><Paragraph>Now you know the total of all 5 cards, do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>155 &#x2013; 34 &#x2013; 29 &#x2013; 35 &#x2013; 27 = 30</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>The missing number is 30.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>For this question you first need to work out the total money made by the shop in the first 6 months:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">Total of numbers</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>6</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = &#xA3;2400</Paragraph><Paragraph>Total of numbers = &#xA3;2400 &#xD7; 6</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>Total of numbers = &#xA3;14,400</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Now you know this, you can work out the total amount of money raised by the shop over the 7-month period:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">Total of numbers</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>7</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation>&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;2500</Paragraph><Paragraph>Total of numbers = &#xA3;2500 &#xD7; 7</Paragraph><Paragraph>Total of numbers = &#xA3;17,500</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>To work out the amount raised in the seventh month, now do &#xA3;17,500&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;&#xA3;14,400&#xA0;=&#xA0;&#xA3;3100 raised in the seventh month.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList></Answer></Activity></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm4455"><Title>6.6 Median</Title><Paragraph>The last type of average you will look at briefly is called the median. Put very simply, the median is the middle number in a set of data. The only thing you need to remember is to put the numbers in size order, smallest to largest, before you begin. As this is such a simple process let&#x2019;s just look at two examples.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Finding the median 1</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Find the median of this data set:</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>5, 10, 8, 12, 4, 7, 10</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Firstly, order the numbers from smallest to largest: </Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 10, 12</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Now, find the number that is in the middle:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>4, 5, 7, <b>8</b>, 10, 10, 12</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>8 is the number in the middle, so the median is 8.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Finding the median 2</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Find the median of this data set:</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>24, 30, 28, 40, 35, 20, 49, 38</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Again, you firstly need to order the numbers:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>20, 24, 28, 30, 35, 38, 40, 49</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>And then find the one in the middle:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>20, 24, 28, <b>30</b>,<b> 35</b>, 38, 40, 49</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>In this example there are actually two numbers that are in the middle, you therefore find the middle of these two numbers by adding them together and then halving the answer:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>(30 + 35) &#xF7; 2 = 32.5</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The median for this set of data is 32.5.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you want to see some more examples, or try some for yourself, use the link below:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><a href="https://www.mathsisfun.com/median.html">https://www.mathsisfun.com/median.html</a></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Well done! You have now learned all you need to know about mean, median and range. The final part of this section, before the end-of-session quiz, looks at probability.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>that there are different types of averages that can be used when working with a set of data &#x2013; range, mean, median and mode</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>range is the difference between the largest data value and the smallest data value and is useful for comparing how consistently someone or something performs</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>mean is what is commonly referred to when talking about the average of a data set</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to find the mean from both a single data set and also a set of grouped data</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>formulas and inverse operations to calculate missing data when given the mean of a data set</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>what the median of a data set is and how to find it for a given set of data.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm4519"><Title>7 Probability</Title><Paragraph>You will use probability regularly in your day-to-day life:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>Should you take an umbrella out with you today?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>What are the chances of the bus being on time?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>How likely are you to meet your deadline?</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_s3_probability_.jpg" x_folderhash="322bf664" x_contenthash="ddd3a60d" x_imagesrc="bltl_s3_probability_.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="364"/>
                <Caption>Figure 23 Probability &#x2013; the odds are you are already using it</Caption>
                <Description>A probability cartoon of two pupils outside the Principal&#x2019;s office. The caption reads &#x2018;I wish we hadn&#x2019;t learned probability &#x2018;cause I don&#x2019;t think our odds are good&#x2019;.</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>Probability is all about how likely, or unlikely, something is to happen. When you flip a coin for example, the chances of it landing on heads is &#xBD; or 50% or 0.5 &#x2013; remember from your work in Session 1 how fractions, decimals and percentages can be converted into one another?</Paragraph><Paragraph>The probability, or likelihood, of an event happening is perhaps most easily expressed as a fraction to begin with. Then, if you want to express it as a percentage or a decimal you can just convert it. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s look at an example.</Paragraph><CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Heading>Example: Chocolate probability</Heading>
                <Paragraph>A box of chocolates contains 15 milk chocolates, 5 dark chocolates and 10 white chocolates. If the box is full and you choose a chocolate at random, what is the likelihood of choosing a dark chocolate?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>There are 5 dark chocolates in the box. There are 15&#xA0;+&#xA0;5&#xA0;+&#xA0;10&#xA0;=&#xA0;30 chocolates in the box altogether.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The probability of choosing a dark chocolate is therefore: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">5</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace" mathvariant="normal"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathvariant="normal">30</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You could also be asked the probability of choosing either a dark or a white chocolate. For this you just need the total of dark and white chocolates:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>5&#xA0;+&#xA0;10&#xA0;=&#xA0;15</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>The total number of chocolates in the box remains the same so the likelihood of choosing a dark or a white chocolate is: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">15</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>30</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathsize="12pt">2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You could even be asked what the likelihood is of an event not happening. For example, the likelihood that you will not choose a white chocolate. In this case, the total number of chocolates that are not white is 15 + 5 = 20. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Again, the total number of chocolates in the box remains the same and so the probability of not choosing a white chocolate is: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mstyle mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">1</mi>
                                                  <mn>0</mn>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mi>30</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mstyle>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Now have a go yourself by completing the short activity below.</Paragraph><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 13: Calculating probability</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>You buy a packet of multi-coloured balloons for a children&#x2019;s party. You find that there are 26 red balloons, 34 green balloons, 32 yellow balloons and 28 blue balloons. </Paragraph><Paragraph>You take a balloon out of the packet without looking. What is the likelihood of choosing a green balloon?</Paragraph><Paragraph>Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>At the village fete, 350 raffle tickets are sold. There are 20 winning tickets. What is the probability that you will not win the raffle?</Paragraph><Paragraph>Give your answer as a percentage rounded to two decimal places.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>There are 34 green balloons. The total number of balloons is 26&#xA0;+&#xA0;34&#xA0;+&#xA0;32&#xA0;+&#xA0;28&#xA0;=&#xA0;120.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The likelihood of choosing a green balloon is therefore:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">34</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>120</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">17</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>60</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> in its simplest form.</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>If there are 20 tickets that are winning ones, there are 350&#xA0;&#x2212;&#xA0;20&#xA0;=&#xA0;330 tickets that will not win a prize.</Paragraph><Paragraph>As a fraction this is: <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal" displaystyle="false" scriptlevel="0">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi mathcolor="black">330</mi>
                                                  <mo rspace="verythinmathspace"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>350</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mstyle>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph><Paragraph>To convert to a percentage, you do 330&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;350&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;100&#xA0;=&#xA0;94.29% rounded to two d.p.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>You&#x2019;ve now completed Session 3 of your course, congratulations! Before you begin the fourth and final session, try the end-of-session quiz to check your skills.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Remember that when you are checking your answers, you may have gone about the question in a different way. In a real exam it is always important to show your working as even if you don&#x2019;t arrive at the correct answer you can still gain marks. </Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>that the probability of an event is how likely or unlikely that event is to happen and that this can be expressed as a fraction, decimal or percentage. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm4680"><Title>8 Session 3 quiz</Title><Paragraph>Now it&#x2019;s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph><Paragraph><a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw/mod/quiz/view.php?id=85479">Session 3 quiz</a>.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding ctrl [or cmd on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm4686"><Title>9 Session 3 summary</Title><Paragraph>You have now completed Session 3, &#x2018;Handling data&#x2019;. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer back to this section of the course.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You should now be able to:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>identify the two different types of data and where they are used</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>create and use tally charts, frequency tables and data collection sheets to record information</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>draw and interpret bar charts, pie charts and line graphs</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand that there are different types of averages and be able to calculate each type</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand that probability is about how likely an event is to happen and the different ways that it can be expressed.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>All of the skills listed above will help you when booking a holiday, budgeting, reading the news or analysing data at work. </Paragraph><Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to <a>Session 4, &#x2018;Shape and space&#x2019;</a>.</Paragraph></Session></Unit><Unit id="nonumber-idm4704"><UnitID/><UnitTitle>Session 4: Shape and space</UnitTitle><Introduction id="nonumber-idm4707"><Title>Introduction</Title><Paragraph>Take a look at the picture below. In order to decorate the room, you would need know the length of skirting required (perimeter), how much carpet to order and how many tins of paint to buy (area). You would also need to use your rounding skills (as items such as paint and skirting must be bought in full units) and your addition and multiplication knowledge &#x2013; to work out the cost! </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/floor_plan.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/floor_plan.png" x_folderhash="0be77a6e" x_contenthash="1e19567b" x_imagesrc="floor_plan.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="342"/>
                <Caption>Figure 1 Floor plan of a house</Caption>
            </Figure><Paragraph>This session of the course will draw upon the skills you learned in the &#x2018;Working with numbers&#x2019; and &#x2018;Units of measure&#x2019; sessions.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Throughout this session you will learn how to find the perimeter, area and volume of simple and more complex shapes &#x2013; if you&#x2019;ve ever decorated a room you will be familiar with these skills already. It&#x2019;s important to be able to work out area and perimeter accurately to ensure you buy enough of each material (but not too much to avoid wastage).</Paragraph><Paragraph>Once your room is beautifully decorated, you&#x2019;re going to need to plan the best layout for your furniture (and make sure it fits!). You may well use a scale drawing to achieve this.</Paragraph><Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand the difference between perimeter, area and volume and be able to calculate these for both simple and more complex shapes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>know that volume is a measure of space inside a 3D object and calculate volumes of shapes in order to solve practical problems</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>draw and use a scale drawing or plan.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_a71_shape.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="bltl_a71_shape_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3b5a1c78" x_folderhash="3b5a1c78" x_contenthash="0ec56426" x_subtitles="bltl_a71_shape.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>[MUSIC PLAYING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The task of designing things &#x2013; like, gardens, for example &#x2013; can be made much simpler if you have a basic understanding of shape and space. If you're putting up a fence around a garden and you need to calculate the total length of fencing you need, you'll save some money by ordering the correct amount. Or if you're putting fertiliser on a strange-shaped lawn, you can work out its surface area by breaking it down into smaller shapes.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you wanted to dig a circular pond, you can use the radius of a circle to help calculate its area. And you can use the depth of a shape to calculate its volume. So when working out how far to dig, you don't have to depend on guesswork.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Understanding shapes and spaces can be surprisingly useful for something like gardening. But it won't help everything.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                
            <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_a71_shape.jpg" x_folderhash="3b5a1c78" x_contenthash="ef88b572" x_imagesrc="bltl_a71_shape.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="297"/>
                </Figure></MediaContent></Introduction><Session id="nonumber-idm4732"><Title>1 Perimeter</Title><Paragraph>As you will see from the picture below, perimeter is simply the distance around the outside of a shape or space. The space you need to find the perimeter of could be anything from working out how much fencing you need to go around the outside of your garden to how much ribbon you need to go around the outside of a cake. Shapes or spaces with straight edges (rather than curved) are easiest to calculate so let&#x2019;s begin by looking at these.</Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig19-01.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig19-01.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="dca0b848" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig19-01.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="321"/>
                <Caption>Figure 2 A perimeter fence</Caption>
                <Description>Illustration of a perimeter fence around the outside edge (perimeter) of an area of garden.</Description>
            </Figure><Section id="nonumber-idm4739"><Title>1.1 Perimeter of simple shapes</Title><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="4136cc87" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig2.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="121"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 3 Finding the perimeter of simple shapes</Caption>
                    <Description>A rectangle, a triangle and a trapezium. The rectangle has sides labelled &#x2018;10 cm&#x2019; and &#x2018;6 cm&#x2019;. The triangle has sides labelled &#x2018;17 cm&#x2019;, &#x2018;12 cm&#x2019; and &#x2018;12 cm&#x2019;. The trapezium has sides labelled &#x2018;12 cm&#x2019;, &#x2018;10 cm&#x2019;, &#x2018;18 cm&#x2019; and &#x2018;10 cm&#x2019;.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>In order to work out the perimeter of the shapes above, all you need to do is simply add up the total length of each of the sides.</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Rectangle: 10 + 10 + 6 + 6 = 32 cm.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Triangle: 12 + 12 + 17 = 41 cm.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Trapezium: 10 + 12 + 10 + 18 = 50 cm.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList><Paragraph>When you give your answer, make sure you write the units in cm, m, km etc. One other important thing to note is that before you work out the perimeter of any shape, you must make sure all the measurements are given in the same units. If, for example, two lengths are given in cm and one is given in mm, you must convert them all to the same unit before you work out the total. It doesn&#x2019;t usually matter which measurement you choose to convert but it&#x2019;s wise to check the question first because sometimes you might be asked to give your answer in a specific unit.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 1: Finding the perimeter</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Work out the perimeters of each of the shapes below. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Remember to give units in your answer and to check that all measurements are in the same units before you begin to add.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_01_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_01.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="c4ff392c" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_01_resize.png" x_imagewidth="380" x_imageheight="223"/><Caption>Figure 4 Calculating the perimeter &#x2013; Question 1</Caption><Description>A rectangle. The horizontal side is 24 m. The vertical side is 18 m.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_02_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_02.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="10162d56" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_02_resize.png" x_imagewidth="380" x_imageheight="295"/><Caption>Figure 5 Calculating the perimeter &#x2013; Question 2</Caption><Description>A triangle. Two sides are 1.2 m. One side is 90 cm.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_03_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_03.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="33554bec" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_activity1_03_resize.png" x_imagewidth="380" x_imageheight="307"/><Caption>Figure 6 Calculating the perimeter &#x2013; Question 3</Caption><Description>A shape with 6 sides labelled &#x2018;50 mm&#x2019;, &#x2018;10 cm&#x2019;, &#x2018;6 cm&#x2019;, &#x2018;62 mm&#x2019;, &#x2018;20 cm&#x2019; and &#x2018;24 cm&#x2019;.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>24 + 18 + 24 + 18&#xA0;=&#xA0;84&#xA0;m.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>If you worked in cm:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>1.2&#xA0;m = 120&#xA0;cm. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Therefore, the perimeter is 120 + 120 + 90&#xA0;=&#xA0;330&#xA0;cm.</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>If you worked in m: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>90&#xA0;cm = 0.9&#xA0;m.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Therefore, the perimeter is 0.9&#xA0;+&#xA0;1.2&#xA0;+&#xA0;1.2&#xA0;=&#xA0;3.3&#xA0;m.</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>50 mm = 5&#xA0;cm, 62&#xA0;mm = 6.2&#xA0;cm. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Therefore, the perimeter is 24 + 5 + 10 + 6 + 6.2 + 20&#xA0;=&#xA0;71.2&#xA0;cm.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Hopefully, you found working out the perimeters of these shapes fairly straightforward. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The next step on from shapes like the ones you have just worked with, is finding the perimeter of shapes where not all the lengths are given to you. In shapes such as a rectangle or regular shapes like squares (where all sides are the same length) this is a simple process. However, in a shape where the sides are not the same as each other, you have a little more work to do.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm4795"><Title>1.2 Perimeters of shapes with missing lengths</Title><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="dc574ab9" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 7 Finding the perimeter when measurements are missing</Caption>
                    <Description>A shape with 6 sides. The 3 horizontal sides are 12 m, 20 m and 32 m. The vertical sides are 30 m and 17 m, and the remaining vertical side is labelled with a question mark.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>Look at the shape above. You can see that one of the lengths is missing from the shape. How do you find the perimeter when you don&#x2019;t have all the measurements? You cannot just assume that missing length (yellow) is half of the red length, so how do you work it out? You&#x2019;ll need to use the information that is given in the rest of the shape. </Paragraph><Paragraph>If you look at all the vertical lengths (red, yellow and green) you can see that we know the length of two of the three. You can also see that green + yellow = red, since the two shorter lengths put together would equal the same as the longest vertical length.</Paragraph><Paragraph>If 17 + ? = 30, then in order to find the missing length you must do 30 &#x2212; 17 = 13. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The missing length is therefore 13&#xA0;m. Now that you know this, you can work out the perimeter of the shape in the normal way.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s look at one more example before you try some on your own.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="ce309bab" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_2.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 8 Finding the perimeter when a length is missing</Caption>
                    <Description>A shape with 6 sides. The 3 vertical sides are 15 m, 9 m and 6 m. The horizontal sides are 28 m, and 9 m, and the remaining horizontal side is labelled with a question mark.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>In the example above, you will see that there is again a missing length. This time the missing length (yellow) is a horizontal one and so you need to look at the other two horizontal lengths (red and green) in order to work out the missing side.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You can see that this time that red + green = yellow, since the missing length is the sum of the two shorter lengths. You can now do&#xA0;9&#xA0;+&#xA0;28&#xA0;=&#xA0;37, so the missing length is 37&#xA0;m. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Now that you know all the side lengths, you can work out the perimeter by finding the total of all the lengths.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 2: Perimeters and missing lengths</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Work out the perimeter of the shape below.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_3.png" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="09e97a18" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_3.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="312"/><Caption>Figure 9 Perimeters and missing lengths &#x2013; Question 1</Caption><Description>A shape with 6 sides. The 3 horizontal sides are 12 m, 16 m and 28 m. The vertical sides are 27 m and 15 m, and the remaining vertical side is labelled with a question mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You are redecorating your living room and need to replace the skirting board. The layout of the room is shown below. Skirting board can only be bought in lengths of 2&#xA0;m.</Paragraph><Paragraph>How many lengths should you buy?</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_4.png" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="cd4d50eb" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig3_4.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="300"/><Caption>Figure 10 Perimeters and missing lengths &#x2013; Question 2</Caption><Description>A shape with 6 sides. The 3 vertical sides are 5.2 m, 2.5 m and 2.7 m. The horizontal sides are 4.5 m, and 2.2 m, and the remaining horizontal side is labelled with a question mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Firstly, you need to work out the missing length:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>15 + 27 = 42&#xA0;m</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So the perimeter is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>42 + 12 + 27 + 16 + 15 + 28 = 140&#xA0;m</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Again, work out the missing length first:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>4.5 &#x2212; 2.2 = 2.3&#xA0;m</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Next, work out the perimeter of the room:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>2.5 + 2.2 + 2.7 + 2.3 + 5.2 + 4.5 = 19.4&#xA0;m</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>To see how many 2 m length of skirting you will need do&#xA0;19.4&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;9.7. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Since we can only buy whole lengths we need to round this up to 10 lengths of skirting.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>Good work! You can now work out perimeters of simple shapes, including shapes where there are missing lengths. There is just one more shape you need to consider&#xA0;&#x2013;&#xA0;circles. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Whether it&#x2019;s ribbon around a cake or fencing around a pond, it&#x2019;s useful to be able to work out how much of a material you will need to go around the edge of a circular shape. The final part of your work on perimeter focusses on finding the distance around the outside of a circle.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm4854"><Title>1.3 Circumference of a circle</Title><Paragraph>You may have noticed that a new term has slipped in to the title of this section. The term circumference refers to the distance around the outside of a circle &#x2013; its perimeter. The perimeter and the circumference of a circle mean exactly the same, it&#x2019;s just that when referring to circles you would normally use the term circumference.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_4_1_3_circumference.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_4_1_3_circumference_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="6e00e3b0" x_subtitles="bltl_4_1_3_circumference.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>The circumference of a circle is the distance around its edge. That is, its perimeter. Before learning how to work out the circumference of a circle, look at these two key terms: diameter and radius. Radius, or r, is the distance from the centre of the circle to the edge. Diameter, or d, is the distance from one edge of the circle to the other, passing through the centre of the circle. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>You can see the diameter is always double the radius. If you know either the radius or the diameter, you can always work out the other. And you can also work out the circumference. Here is the basic formula you need to work out the circumference of a circle: Circumference = pi x diameter. This can also be written as C = pi x d, or pi d. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Pi, or this symbol (which is the Greek letter used to represent it), is a constant number that is around the value of 3.142. It's a number that goes on for ever, so you tend to shorten it to the more manageable number of 3.14 or 3.142. In technical terms, pi is the number you get if you divide a circle's circumference by its diameter, and it's the same for every circle. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Let's look at an example of calculating circumference. This circle has a diameter of 5 centimetres. You can put this into the formula, so you get C = pi x 5. Look for the pi key on your calculator, or you can use the shortened version, 3.142. So the circumference, C = 3.142 x 5, which equals 15.71 centimetres. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Here's another example, but this time the radius is labelled. How would you calculate the circumference? Remember that the formula for circumference uses diameter, so you'll need to work this out first. Since the radius is 12 centimetres, the diameter will be double this. 12 x 2 = 24 centimetres, so d equals 24 centimetres. Now using the formula, circumference = 3.142 x 24, which equals 75.408. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Now, try the examples in the next activity.</Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    
                <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani08_maths_4_1_3_circumference.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="73ef9d9b" x_imagesrc="ani08_maths_4_1_3_circumference.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="287"/>
                    </Figure></MediaContent><Activity><Heading>Activity 3: Finding the circumference</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You have made a cake and want to decorate it with a ribbon.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The diameter of the cake is 15&#xA0;cm. You have a length of ribbon that is 0.5&#xA0;m long. Will you have enough ribbon to go around the outside of the cake?</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/cake.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/cake.png" x_folderhash="0be77a6e" x_contenthash="369376f9" x_imagesrc="cake.png" x_imagewidth="314" x_imageheight="209"/><Caption>Figure 11 A round chocolate cake</Caption></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You have recently put a pond in your garden and are thinking about putting a fence around it for safety. The radius of the pond is 7.4&#xA0;m.</Paragraph><Paragraph>What length of fencing would you require to fit around the full length of the pond? Round your answer up to the next full metre.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/pond_in_garden.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/pond_in_garden.png" x_folderhash="0be77a6e" x_contenthash="a2338b7f" x_imagesrc="pond_in_garden.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="229"/><Caption>Figure 12 A round garden pond</Caption></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><i>d</i> = 15&#xA0;cm</Paragraph><Paragraph>Using the formula <i>C</i> = <i>&#x3C0;</i><i>d</i></Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;<i>C</i> = 3.142 &#xD7; 15</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;&#x2003;<i>C</i> = 47.13&#xA0;cm</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Since you need 47.13 cm and have ribbon that is 0.5 m (50 cm) long, yes, you have enough ribbon to go around the cake.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><i>C</i> = <i>&#x3C0;d</i></Paragraph><Paragraph><i>C</i> = 3.142 &#xD7; 14.8 </Paragraph><Paragraph><i>C</i> = 46.5016 m which is 47 m to the next full metre.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>You should now be feeling confident with finding the perimeter of all types of shapes, including circles. By completing Activity 3, you have also re-capped on using formulas and rounding. </Paragraph><Paragraph>The next part of this section looks at finding the area (space inside) a shape or space. As mentioned previously, this is incredibly useful in everyday situations such as working out how much carpet or turf to buy, how many rolls of wallpaper you need or how many tins of paint you need to give the wall two coats.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>that perimeter is the distance around the outside of a space or shape</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to find the perimeter of simple and more complex shapes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to use the formula for finding the circumference of a circle.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm4920"><Title>2 Area</Title><Paragraph>The area of a shape or space is the amount of space inside it. This applies to only two dimensional (flat) shapes. If we are dealing with a three dimensional shape, the space inside this is called the volume. Since perimeter is the measure of a length, the units it is measured in are cm, m, km etc. </Paragraph><Paragraph>As area is a measure of space rather than distance, it is measured in square units. This could be square metres, square centimetres, square feet and so on. You will often see these written as cm<sup>2</sup>, m<sup>2</sup>, ft<sup>2</sup>, etc. Over the next few pages you will learn how to find the area of simple shapes, compound shapes and circles.</Paragraph><Section id="nonumber-idm4927"><Title>2.1 Area of simple shapes</Title><Paragraph>The simplest shapes to begin with when looking at area are squares and rectangles. If you look at the rectangle below you can see that it&#x2019;s 6&#xA0;cm long and 3&#xA0;cm wide. If you count the squares, there are 18 of them. The area of the shape is 18&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup>. </Paragraph><Paragraph>It is not always possible (or practical) to count the squares in a shape or space but it&#x2019;s a useful illustration to help you understand what area is. More practically, to find the area, (<i>A</i>) of a square or a rectangle, you would multiply the base by the height. </Paragraph><Paragraph>In the example below <i>A</i> = 6 &#xD7; 3 = 18&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup>.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_6cmx3cm.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_6cmx3cm.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="df9dd614" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_6cmx3cm.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 13 Finding the area of a rectangle</Caption>
                    <Description>A rectangle on a square grid. The horizontal side is 6 cm and is six squares long. The vertical side is 3 cm and is 3 squares long.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>Triangles are another shape that you can find the area of relatively simply. If you think of a triangle, it is really just half of a rectangle. This is most easy to see with a right-angled triangle as shown below. You can see that the actual triangle (in yellow) is simply a rectangle that has been diagonally cut in half. </Paragraph><Paragraph>In order to find the area of the triangle then, you simply multiply the base by the height (as you would for a rectangle) and then halve the answer.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Sometimes this is shown as the formula: </Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (<i>b</i> &#xD7; <i>h</i>) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>where <i>b</i> is the base of the triangle and <i>h</i> is the vertical height.</Paragraph><Paragraph>For the triangle below then, you would do:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (5 &#xD7; 4) &#xF7; 2 </Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 20 &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 10 cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_4cmx5cm.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_4cmx5cm.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="fc213334" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_4cmx5cm.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 14 Finding the area of a right-angled triangle</Caption>
                    <Description>A triangle on a square grid. The vertical side is 4 cm and is 4 squares long. The horizontal side is 5 cm and is 5 squares long.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>This formula remains the same for any triangle. Take a look at the triangle below. It&#x2019;s a bit less obvious than with the example above but if you were to take the two yellow sections way and put them together, you would end up with a shape exactly the same size as the orange triangle. The area of this triangle can be found in the same way as the previous one:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (<i>b</i> &#xD7;<i> h</i>) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (4 &#xD7; 7) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 28 &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 14&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_4cmx7cm.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_4cmx7cm.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="b39d5712" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig5_2.1_4cmx7cm.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 15 Finding the area of a triangle</Caption>
                    <Description>A triangle positioned on a square grid. A line from the triangle&#x2019;s base to its tip is labelled &#x2018;7 cm&#x2019; and is 7 squares long. The base of the triangle is 4 cm and is 4 squares long.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>The last basic shape you learn to find the area of is the trapezium. You will need to use a simple formula for this shape (don&#x2019;t panic when you see it, it looks scary but it really is quite easy to use!)</Paragraph><Paragraph>A trapezium looks like any of the shapes below.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_1_crop.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="9d5f3047" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_1_crop.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="162"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 16 Examples of trapezium shapes</Caption>
                </Figure><Paragraph>In order to work out the area of a trapezium you just need to know the vertical height and the length of the top and bottom sides. Traditionally, the length of the top is called <i>&#x2018;a&#x2019;</i>, the length on the bottom is <i>&#x2018;b&#x2019;</i> and the vertical height is <i>&#x2018;h&#x2019;</i>. Once this is clear you can then use the formula:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">(</mn>
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>a</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt"> </mn>
                                                  <mo mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">+</mn>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal"> </mn>
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>b</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">) </mn>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal"> </mn>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi mathsize="12pt">h</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="a4f0517f" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_2.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 17 Dimensions of a trapezium</Caption>
                    <Description>A trapezium. The length of the top side is labelled &#x2018;a&#x2019;. The length of the bottom side is labelled &#x2018;b&#x2019;. The length between the top and bottom sides (height) is labelled &#x2018;h&#x2019;.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s take a look at an example on how to work out the area of the trapezium below. We can see that the top length (<i>a</i>)&#xA0;=&#xA0;12 cm. The bottom length (<i>b</i>)&#xA0;=&#xA0;20&#xA0;cm, and the height (<i>h</i>)&#xA0;=&#xA0;13&#xA0;cm. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Using these values and the formula:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">(</mn>
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>a</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal"> </mn>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">+</mn>
                                                  <mo mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt"> </mn>
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>b</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">) </mn>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal"> </mn>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mi mathsize="12pt">h</mi>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">(12 + 20) </mn>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal"> 13</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">416</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 208 cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="171791ec" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig6_2.1_3.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 18 Finding the area of a trapezium</Caption>
                    <Description>A trapezium. The length of the top side is 12 cm. The length of the bottom side is 20 cm. The length between the top and bottom sides (height) is 13 cm.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>Now that you have seen how to work out the area of several basic shapes, it&#x2019;s time to put your skills to the test. Have a go at the activity below. Don&#x2019;t forget that, just as with perimeter, before you can begin any calculations you must make sure all measurements are in the same units.</Paragraph><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 4: Finding the area</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><Paragraph>Work out the area of each of the shapes below.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_01_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_01.png" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="8ba66119" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_01_resize.png" x_imagewidth="380" x_imageheight="223"/><Caption>Figure 19 Finding the area &#x2013; Question 1</Caption><Description>A rectangle. The horizontal side is 1.6 m. The vertical side is 95 cm.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>If working in cm: 1.6&#xA0;m = 160&#xA0;cm, so A = 160 &#xD7; 95 = 15,200&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph><Paragraph>If working in m: 95&#xA0;cm = 0.95&#xA0;m, so A = 1.6 &#xD7; 0.95 = 1.52&#xA0;m<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_02_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_02.png" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="03a12a15" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_02_resize.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="300"/><Caption>Figure 20 Finding the area &#x2013; Question 2</Caption><Description>A right-angled triangle. The vertical side is 17 cm. The horizontal side is 30 cm. The third side is 46 cm.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>The two measurements we need for the triangle are the base (30&#xA0;cm) and the vertical height (17&#xA0;cm). Don&#x2019;t be fooled by the diagonal length of 46&#xA0;cm, you do not need it for the area!</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (<i>b</i> &#xD7; <i>h</i>) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (30 &#xD7; 17) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 510 &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 255&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_03_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_03.png" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="5e4a6c0a" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_03_resize.png" x_imagewidth="380" x_imageheight="289"/><Caption>Figure 21 Finding the area &#x2013; Question 3</Caption><Description>A triangle. The length of the base is 60 mm. The length from the base to the tip (height) is 14 cm.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>If working in mm: 14&#xA0;cm = 140&#xA0;mm</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (<i>b</i> &#xD7; <i>h</i>) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (60 &#xD7; 140) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 8400 &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 4200&#xA0;mm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>If working in cm: 60&#xA0;mm = 6&#xA0;cm</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (<i>b</i> &#xD7; <i>h</i>) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = (6 &#xD7; 14) &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 84 &#xF7; 2</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 42&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="4">
                                    <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_04_resize.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_04.png" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="e190ab04" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_acitivity4_04_resize.png" x_imagewidth="380" x_imageheight="223"/><Caption>Figure 22 Finding the area &#x2013; Question 4</Caption><Description>A trapezium. The length of the top side is 8 cm. The length of the bottom side is 15 cm. The length between the top and bottom sides (height) is 9 cm.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="4">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Top length (<i>a</i>) = 8&#xA0;cm</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Bottom length (<i>b</i>) = 15&#xA0;cm</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Height (<i>h</i>) = 9&#xA0;cm</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Using the formula for the area of a trapezium:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;</Paragraph><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">(8 + 15)</mn>
                                                  <mo mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt"> 9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">(23) </mn>
                                                  <mo mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt"> 9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">207</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt">2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph><Paragraph>&#x2002;</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;103.5&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you&#x2019;ve mastered finding the area of basic shapes, it&#x2019;s time to look at compound shapes. </Paragraph><Paragraph>A compound shape is just a shape that is made from more than one basic shape. Rarely will you find a floor space, garden area or wall that is perfectly rectangular. More often than not it will be a combination of shapes. The good news is that, to find the area of compound shapes, you simply split them up into their basic shapes, find the area of each of these, and then add them up at the end!</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm5280"><Title>2.2 Area of compound shapes</Title><Paragraph>Take a look at the shape below; this is an example of a compound shape. Whilst you cannot find the area of this shape as it is by using a formula as you have done previously, you can split it into two basic shapes (rectangles) and then use your existing knowledge to work out the area of each of these shapes.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig7_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig7_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="fd5d5774" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig7_1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 23 Finding the area of a compound shape</Caption>
                    <Description>A compound &#x2018;L&#x2019; shape with 6 sides. The length along the base of the shape is 15 cm. The other horizontal sides are 5 cm and 10 cm. The vertical sides are 9 cm, 5 cm and 4 cm.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>You should be able to see that you can split this shape into two rectangles. It does not matter which way you split it (horizontally or vertically), you will get the same answer at the end.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Splitting horizontally:</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig7_2_01.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig7_2_01.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="f25a78ce" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig7_2_01.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 24 Splitting a compound shape horizontally to find the area</Caption>
                    <Description>The compound shape from Figure 1 split horizontally into two rectangles. The sides of the left-hand rectangle are 5 cm and 9 cm. The sides of the right-hand rectangle are 10 cm and 4 cm.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>You now have two rectangles. To work out the area of rectangle &#x2460;, you do <i>A</i> = 9 &#xD7; 5 = 45&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup>.</Paragraph><Paragraph>To work out the area of rectangle &#x2461;, you do <i>A</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;10&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA0;40&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup>. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Now that you have the area of both rectangles, simply add them together to find the area of the whole shape:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>45 + 40 = 85&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>You need to be careful that you are using the correct measurements for base and height of each rectangle (the measurements in red). In this example, the lengths of 15&#xA0;cm and 5&#xA0;cm (in black) are not required.</Paragraph><Paragraph>If you choose to split the shape vertically:</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig7_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/BLTL/placeholder_342.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="e60e31f9" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig7_3.png" x_imagewidth="510" x_imageheight="300"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 25 Splitting a compound shape vertically to find the area</Caption>
                    <Description>The compound shape from Figure 1 split vertically into two rectangles. The sides of the top rectangle are 5 cm and 5 cm. The sides of the bottom rectangle are 15 cm and 4 cm.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>Again, you now have two rectangles. To work out the area of rectangle &#x2460;, you do <i>A</i> = 5 &#xD7; 5 = 25&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup>.</Paragraph><Paragraph>To work out the area of rectangle &#x2461;, you do <i>A</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;15&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;4&#xA0;=&#xA0;60&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup>. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Now that you have the area of both rectangles, simply add them together to find the area of the whole shape:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>25&#xA0;+&#xA0;60&#xA0;=&#xA0;85&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>Again, you need to be careful that you are using the correct measurements for base and height of each rectangle (the measurements in red). In this example, the lengths of 9&#xA0;cm and 10&#xA0;cm (in black) are not required.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You will notice that regardless of which way you choose to split the shape, you arrive at the same answer of 85&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup>.</Paragraph><Paragraph>The best way for you to practise this skill is to try a few examples for yourself. Have a go at the activity below and then check your answers.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 5: Finding the area of compound shapes</Heading><Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><Paragraph>Work out the area of the shapes below.</Paragraph><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig8_activity5_01.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig8_activity5_01.png" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="d506a260" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig8_activity5_01.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="300"/><Caption>Figure 26 Finding the area of compound shapes &#x2013; Question 1</Caption><Description>A compound &#x2018;L&#x2019; shape with 6 sides. The height of the shape is 15 cm. The other vertical sides are 9 cm and 6 cm. The horizontal sides are 4 cm, 8 cm and 12 cm.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Splitting vertically:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>6 &#xD7; 8 = 48&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>15 &#xD7; 4 = 60&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>48 + 60 = 108&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList><UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Splitting horizontally:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>12 &#xD7; 6 = 72&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>9 &#xD7; 4 = 36&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>72 + 36 = 108&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig8_activity5_02.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig8_activity5_02.png" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="167d160b" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig8_activity5_02.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="300"/><Caption>Figure 27 Finding the area of compound shapes &#x2013; Question 2</Caption><Description>A compound &#x2018;L&#x2019; shape with 6 sides. The length along the base of the shape is 20 cm. The other horizontal sides are 12 cm and a question mark. The vertical sides are 9 cm, 4 cm and a question mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Question>
                            <Answer><NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>The missing lengths are 13&#xA0;cm (vertical length) and 8&#xA0;cm (horizontal length).</Paragraph><Paragraph>Splitting vertically:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>13 &#xD7; 8 = 104&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>12 &#xD7; 9 = 108&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>104 + 108 = 212&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Splitting horizontally:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>20 &#xD7; 9 = 180&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>4 &#xD7; 8 = 32&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>180 + 32 = 212&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList></Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart></Activity><Paragraph>Now that you can calculate the area of basic and compound shapes, there is just one last shape you need to be able to find the area of: circles. Similarly to finding the perimeter of a circle, you&#x2019;ll need to use a formula involving the Greek letter &#x3C0;.</Paragraph></Section><Section id="nonumber-idm5399"><Title>2.3 Area of a circle</Title><Paragraph>The formula to find the area of a circle is similar to the one you have already used to find the circumference.</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Area of a circle = pi &#xD7; radius<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <i>&#x3C0;</i><i>r</i><sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Box><Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Remember that when you square a number you simply multiply it by itself, radius<sup>2</sup> is therefore simply radius&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;radius. </Paragraph></Box><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig9_activity_2.3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig9_activity_2.3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="e82f9c14" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig9_activity_2.3.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="430"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 28 The circumference and area of a circle</Caption>
                    <Description>A circle annotated with the formulas &#x2018;C = &#x3C0;d&#x2019; and &#x2018;A = &#x3C0;r<sup>2</sup>&#x2019;.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>Let&#x2019;s look at an example.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig10_circle_8cm.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig10_circle_8cm.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="88c4e3a9" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig10_circle_8cm.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 29 The radius of a circle</Caption>
                    <Description>A circle with a line from the centre point to the outside edge labelled &#x2018;8 cm&#x2019;.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>In the circle above you can see that the radius is 8&#xA0;cm. To find the area of the circle we use:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <i>&#x3C0; r</i><sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 3.142 &#xD7; 8 &#xD7; 8 </Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 201.088&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>Before you try some on your own, let&#x2019;s take a look at one further example.</Paragraph><Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig10_circle_12cm.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig10_circle_12cm.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="dc8460e9" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig10_circle_12cm.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 30 The diameter of a circle</Caption>
                    <Description>A circle with a line labelled &#x2018;12 cm&#x2019;. The line is from the outside edge to the opposite outside edge and passes through the centre point.</Description>
                </Figure><Paragraph>This circle has a diameter of 12&#xA0;cm. In order to find the area, you first need to find the radius. Remember that the radius is simply half of the diameter and so in this example radius = 12 &#xF7; 2 = 6&#xA0;cm.</Paragraph><Paragraph>We can now use:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = <i>&#x3C0;r</i><sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 3.142 &#xD7; 6 &#xD7; 6 </Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 113.112&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>Try a couple of examples for yourself before moving on to the next part of this section.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 6: Finding the area of a circle</Heading><Question><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Find the area of the circle shown below. Give your answer to one decimal place.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig11_activity6_circle_4m.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig11_activity6_circle_4m.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="1ffe2432" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig11_activity6_circle_4m.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 31 Finding the area of a circle &#x2013; Question 1</Caption>
                            <Description>A circle with a line from the centre point to the outside edge labelled &#x2018;4 m&#x2019;.</Description>
                        </Figure><NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You are designing a mural for a local school and need to decide how much paint you need. The main part of the mural is a circle with a diameter of 10&#xA0;m as shown below. Each tin of paint will cover an area of 5&#xA0;m<sup>2</sup>. You will need to use two coats of paint. How many tins of paint should you buy?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig11_activity6_circle_10m.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig11_activity6_circle_10m.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="1d3cb81d" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig11_activity6_circle_10m.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 32 Finding the area of a circle &#x2013; Question 2</Caption>
                            <Description>A circle with a line labelled &#x2018;10 m&#x2019;. The line is from the outside edge to the opposite outside edge and passes through the centre point.</Description>
                        </Figure></Question><Answer><NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>Using the formula: <i>A</i> = <i>&#x3C0;r</i><sup>2</sup></Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem/><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 3.142 &#xD7; 4 &#xD7; 4 </Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 50.272&#xA0;m<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 50.3&#xA0;m<sup>2</sup> to 1 d. p. </Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to find the area of the circle first. Since the diameter of the circle is 10 m, the radius is 10 m &#xF7; 2 = 5 m. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Using the formula: <i>A</i> = <i>&#x3C0;r</i><sup>2</sup></Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 3.142 &#xD7; 5 &#xD7; 5 </Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i> = 78.55&#xA0;m<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So the area of the circle you need to paint is 78.55&#xA0;m<sup>2</sup></Paragraph><Paragraph>Since you need to give 2 coats of paint, you need to double this number:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>78.55&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;2&#xA0;=&#xA0;157.1&#xA0;m<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You now need to work out how many tins of paint you need. As one tin of paint covers 5&#xA0;m<sup>2</sup> you need to do: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>157.1&#xA0;&#xF7;&#xA0;5&#xA0;=&#xA0;31.42&#xA0;tins</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Since you must buy whole tins of paint, you will need to buy 32 tins.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>You have now learned all you need to know about finding the area of shapes! The last part of this section is on finding the volume of solid shapes &#x2013; or three-dimensional (3D) shapes .</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>that area is the space inside a two-dimensional (2D) shape or space</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to find the area of rectangles, triangles, trapeziums and compound shapes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>how to use the formula to find the area of a circle.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList></InternalSection></Section></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm5537"><Title>3 Volume</Title><Paragraph>The volume of a shape is how much space it takes up. You might need to calculate the volume of a space or shape if, for example, you wanted to know how much soil to buy to fill a planting box or how much concrete you need to complete your patio. </Paragraph><Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/classroom.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/classroom.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="0be77a6e" x_contenthash="efeb74b1" x_imagesrc="classroom.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/>
                <Caption>Figure 33 A volume cartoon</Caption>
                <Description>A volume cartoon. The caption reads &#x2018;What if someone hits the mute button?&#x2019;</Description>
            </Figure><Paragraph>You&#x2019;ll need your area skills in order to calculate the volume of a shape. In fact, as you already know how to calculate the area of most shapes, you are one simple step away from being able to find the volume of most shapes too!</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_4_3_3d_shapes.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_4_3_3d_shapes_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="0cdb9760" x_subtitles="bltl_4_3_3d_shapes.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>In this video, you'll look at how to calculate the volume of prisms. A prism is a 3D shape where the cross section, or slice, of the shape is the same all the way through. You can see that a slice of any of these shapes would remain the same wherever you cut it. To calculate the volume of any prism, all you need to do is find the area of the cross section and then multiply this area by the length of the prism. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>In this example, you firstly need to calculate the area of the rectangular cross section. 12 times 10 gives an area of 120 centimetres squared. Now you know the area of the cross section, all you need to do is multiply it by the length of the shape: 5 centimetres. Volume equals 120 times 5, which equals 600 centimetres cubed.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Let's try again with a different shape. Here, the cross section is the triangle. You'll recall from your earlier work that to find the area of a triangle, you use this formula. So the area of this cross section is 6 times 5, divided by 2. That is 30 divided by 2. This gives an area of 15 centimetres squared. Now, multiply the area of the cross section by the length of the shape to find the volume. 15 times 12 gives a volume of 180 centimetres cubed. Look at a couple more examples of calculating the volume of prisms, before having a go yourself.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                
            <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani09_maths_4_3_3d_shapes.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="874f6e51" x_imagesrc="ani09_maths_4_3_3d_shapes.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="286"/>
                </Figure></MediaContent><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Calculating volume 1</Heading>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig17.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig17.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="fae62a0a" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig17.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 34 Calculating volume 1</Caption>
                    <Description>A 3D L shape split into two rectangles. The depth of the whole shape is 10 cm and the width of the whole shape is 9 cm. The other lengths of the left-hand rectangle are 7 cm (vertical) and 4 cm (horizontal). The other lengths of the right-hand rectangle are 2 cm (vertical) and 5 cm (horizontal).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>The cross section on this shape is the L shape on the front. In order to work out the area you&#x2019;ll need to split it up into two rectangles as you practised in the previous part of this section.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Splitting vertically:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Rectangle 1 = 7 &#xD7; 4 = 28&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Rectangle 2 = 5 &#xD7; 2 = 10&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Area of cross section = 28 + 10 = 38&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Now you have the area of the cross section, multiply this by the length to calculate the volume.</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph><i>V</i> = 38 &#xD7; 10 = 380&#xA0;cm<sup>3</sup></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Calculating volume 2</Heading>
                <Paragraph>The last example to look at is a cylinder. The cross section of this shape is a circle. You&#x2019;ll need to use the formula to find the area of a circle in the same way you did in the previous part of this section.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig18.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig18.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="578fe9a1" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig18.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 35 Calculating volume 2</Caption>
                    <Description>A cylinder. The radius of the base is 8 cm. The height is 15 cm.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>You can see that the circular cross section has a radius of 8&#xA0;cm. To find the area of this circle, use the formula:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph><i>A</i> = <i>&#x3C0;r</i><sup>2</sup></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><i>A</i> = 3.142 &#xD7; 8 &#xD7; 8</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><i>A</i> = 201.088&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Now you have the area, multiply this by the length of the cylinder to calculate the volume.</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph><i>V</i> = 201.088 &#xD7; 15 = 3016.32 cm<sup>3</sup></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Now try yourself in the activity below.</Paragraph><Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><Heading>Activity 7: Calculating prism volume</Heading><Question><Paragraph>Work out the volume of the 3D trapezium (trapezoidal prism) shown below.</Paragraph><Box><Paragraph><b>Hint</b>: Go back to the section on area and remind yourself of the formula to find the area of a trapezium.</Paragraph></Box><Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig19-40.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig19-40.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="9386c89d" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig19-40.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 36 Calculating the volume of a prism</Caption>
                        <Description>A 3D trapezium. The length of the top side is 6 cm. The length of the bottom side is 8 cm. The length between the top and bottom sides (height) is 5 cm. The depth is 20 cm.</Description>
                    </Figure></Question><Answer><Paragraph>The cross section is a trapezium so you will need the formula:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">(</mn>
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>a</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  <mn mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt"> </mn>
                                                  <mo mathvariant="normal" mathsize="12pt">&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">+</mn>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal"> </mn>
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>b</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">)</mn>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mstyle mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mi>h</mi>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>&#x2003;</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;<i>A</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">(6 + 8)</mn>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mstyle mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>&#x2003;<i>A</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">14</mn>
                                                  <mo>&#x2062;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mo mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">&#xD7;</mo>
                                                  <mtext>&#x2009;</mtext>
                                                  <mstyle mathvariant="italic">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mstyle>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">14</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn mathsize="12pt" mathvariant="normal">2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><i>A</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;35&#xA0;cm<sup>2</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>Now you have the area of the cross section, multiply it by the length of the prism to calculate the volume.</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><i>V</i>&#xA0;=&#xA0;35&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;20&#xA0;=&#xA0;700&#xA0;cm<sup>3</sup></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList></Answer></Activity><Paragraph>The final part of this session will look at scale drawings and plans. It will require your previous knowledge of ratio as scale drawings are really just another application of ratio.</Paragraph><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have learned:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>that volume is the space inside a 3D shape or space</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>how to find the volume of prisms such as cuboids, cylinders and triangular prisms.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm5714"><Title>4 Scale drawings and plans</Title><Paragraph>Given that you already have the knowledge you need around measures and ratios, scale drawings are simply just another application of these skills.</Paragraph><MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/bltl_4_4_trapezium.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="bltl_4_4_trapezium_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="ff14e179" x_folderhash="ff14e179" x_contenthash="2176372b" x_subtitles="bltl_4_4_trapezium.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>You have already developed skills in using measures and ratio. Scale drawings are just another application of this knowledge. So the good news is you already know how to do it. With this topic, it's best to dive straight in with an example. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Ahmed is going to make some home improvements. He wants to build a conservatory. Here is Ahmed's sketch of the conservatory. He uses a scale of 1 to 50. You need to draw an accurate scale drawing of the side view, using Ahmed's scale. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The scale, or ratio, we are working with is 1 to 50. This means that every 1 centimetre on the scale drawing represents 50 centimetres in real life. To be able to work out the measurements required on the scale drawing, you must first convert all measurements to centimetres. The base is 2.5 metres, which equals 250 centimetres. The shortest vertical side is 3 metres, which equals 300 centimetres. The longest vertical side is 3.75 metres, which equals 375 centimetres.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now to work out the length of each side on the scale drawing. Since 1 centimetre on the drawing is 50 centimetres in real life, you need to divide the real-life measurement by 50 in order to work out the length required on the drawing. The base, 250, divided by 50, equals 5 centimetres. The shortest vertical side, 300, divided by 50, equals 6 centimetres. The longest vertical side, 375, divided by 50, equals 7.5 centimetres. To get the diagonal length, you simply join the tops of the two other sides together. Now work through the next few examples.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                
            <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/ani10_maths_4_4_trapezium.png" x_folderhash="fc24d1b1" x_contenthash="10214cfe" x_imagesrc="ani10_maths_4_4_trapezium.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="288"/>
                </Figure></MediaContent><Paragraph>If you are given the scale drawing and asked to work out  the real-life size, rather than dividing by the scale, you multiply by it. Take a look at the example below.</Paragraph><CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Calculating scale</Heading>
                <Paragraph>A scale drawing has been drawn below of a shed that a garden planner wants to build. The scale used for the drawing is 1:20. The area that the shed will be built on is a rectangle which measures 3.1 m by 2.8 m.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph> Will the building fit into the space allocated?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig21.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig21.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="54875797" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig21.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 37 Calculating scale</Caption>
                    <Description>A scale drawing of the plot area of an L-shaped shed. The length of the vertical side is labelled &#x2018;15.2 cm&#x2019;. The length of the horizontal side is labelled &#x2018;12.5 cm&#x2019;.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>Since 1 cm on the diagram represents 20 cm in real life, you do:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Horizontal length: 12.5 &#xD7; 20 = 250 cm = 2.5 m</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Vertical length: 15.2 &#xD7; 20 = 304 cm = 3.04 m</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Since both lengths for the shed are shorter than the lengths given for the area of land, you know the shed will fit.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy><Paragraph>Now have a go at an example for yourself.</Paragraph><Activity><Heading>Activity 8: Finding the length of a slope</Heading><Question><Paragraph>For this question you will need a pen or pencil, paper and a ruler.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Jane has a raised vegetable patch. She plans to build a slope leading up to the vegetable patch. Jane will cover the slope with grass turf.</Paragraph><Paragraph>She draws this sketch of the cross section of the slope.</Paragraph><Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/1454098/mod_oucontent/oucontent/78847/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig22.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session4/output/4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig22.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="fa6e6971" x_contenthash="d4256fd3" x_imagesrc="4001_bltl_l2_s4_4000_bltl_l2_s4_fig22.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="298"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 38 Finding the length of a slope</Caption>
                        <Description>A sketch of a right-angled triangle. The vertical side (height) is labelled &#x2018;45 cm&#x2019;. The horizontal side (length) is labelled &#x2018;125 cm&#x2019;. the third side is labelled &#x2018;length of slope&#x2019;.</Description>
                    </Figure><Paragraph>Jane will use a scale diagram to work out the length of the slope. She wants to use a scale of 1:10. </Paragraph><Paragraph>Draw a scale diagram of the slope for Jane. Use it to find the length of the slope.</Paragraph></Question><Answer><Paragraph>Base of patch = 125 &#xF7; 10 = 12.5&#xA0;cm</Paragraph><Paragraph>Height of patch = 45 &#xF7; 10 = 4.5&#xA0;cm</Paragraph><Paragraph>The length of the slope on your drawing should therefore measure around 13.2&#xA0;cm and when you use the scale of 1:10:</Paragraph><UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>13.2&#xA0;&#xD7;&#xA0;10&#xA0;=&#xA0;132&#xA0;cm or 1.32&#xA0;m in real life</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList><Paragraph>Answers in the range of 1.30&#xA0;m to 1.36&#xA0;m are considered accurate and correct.</Paragraph></Answer></Activity><InternalSection><Heading>Summary</Heading><Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>applied your ratio skills to the concept of scale plans and drawings</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>interpreted scale plans and decided upon a suitable scale for a drawing.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm5769"><Title>5 Session 4 summary</Title><Paragraph>Well done! You have now completed the fourth and final session of the course. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer back to this section of the course.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You should now be able to: </Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand the difference between perimeter, area and volume and be able to calculate these for both simple and more complex shapes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>know that volume is a measure of space inside a 3D object and calculate volumes of shapes in order to solve practical problems</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>draw and use a scale drawing or plan.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList><Paragraph>All of the skills above will help you with tasks in everyday life. Whether you are at home or at work, number skills are essential skills to have.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You are now ready to test the knowledge and skills you&#x2019;ve learned throughout each section in the end-of-course quiz (Session 4 compulsory badge quiz). Good luck!</Paragraph></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm5782"><Title>6 End-of-course quiz</Title><Paragraph>Now it&#x2019;s time to complete end-of-course quiz (Session 4 compulsory badge quiz). It&#x2019;s similar to previous quizzes, but in this one there will be 15 questions.</Paragraph><Paragraph><a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw/mod/quiz/view.php?id=85480">End-of-course quiz</a></Paragraph><Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab then come back here when you&#x2019;re done.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Remember, this quiz counts towards your badge. If you&#x2019;re not successful the first time, you can attempt the quiz again in 24 hours.</Paragraph></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm5789"><Title>7 Bringing it all together</Title><Paragraph>Congratulations on completing <i>Everyday maths 2</i>. We hope you have enjoyed the experience and now feel inspired to develop your maths skills further.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Throughout this course you have developed your skills within the following areas:</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understanding and using whole numbers and decimal numbers, and understanding negative numbers in the context of money and temperature</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solving problems requiring the use of the four operations and rounding answers to a given degree of accuracy</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understanding and using equivalences between common fractions, decimals and percentages</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>working out simple and more complex fractions and percentages of amounts. Calculating percentage change and using reverse percentages</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>adding and subtracting decimals up to two decimal places</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solving ratio problems where the information is presented in a variety of ways</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understanding the order of operations and using this to work with formulas</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solving problems requiring calculations with common measures, including money, time, length, weight, capacity and temperature </Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>converting units of measure in the same system and those in different systems</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>extracting and interpreting information from tables, diagrams, charts and graphs</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>collecting and recording discrete data, and organising and representing information in different ways</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>finding the mean, median and range of a group of numbers. Finding the mean from grouped data</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>using data to assess the likelihood of an outcome and expressing this in different forms</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>working with area, perimeter and volume, scale drawings and plans.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList></Session><Session id="nonumber-idm5823"><Title>8 Next steps</Title><Paragraph>If you would like to achieve a more formal qualification, please visit one of the centres listed below with your OpenLearn badge. They&#x2019;ll help you to find the best way to achieve the Level 2 Functional Skills qualification in maths, which will enhance your CV.</Paragraph><BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><b>The Bedford College Group</b></Paragraph><Paragraph>Bedford College, Cauldwell St, Bedford, MK42 9AH</Paragraph><Paragraph><a href="https://www.bedford.ac.uk/">https://www.bedford.ac.uk/</a> &#x2022; 01234 291000</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><b>Tresham College</b></Paragraph><Paragraph>Windmill Avenue, Kettering, Northamptonshire, NN15 6ER</Paragraph><Paragraph><a href="https://www.tresham.ac.uk/">https://www.tresham.ac.uk/</a> &#x2022; 01536 413123</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><b>Middlesbrough College</b></Paragraph><Paragraph>Dock St, Middlesbrough, TS2 1AD</Paragraph><Paragraph><a href="https://www.mbro.ac.uk/">https://www.mbro.ac.uk/</a> &#x2022; 01642 333333</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><b>West Herts College</b></Paragraph><Paragraph>Watford Campus, Hempstead Rd, Watford, WD17 3EZ</Paragraph><Paragraph><a href="https://www.westherts.ac.uk/">https://www.westherts.ac.uk/</a> &#x2022; 01923 812345</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList></Session></Unit><settings>
    <numbering>
        <Session autonumber="false"/>
        <Section autonumber="false"/>
        <SubSection autonumber="false"/>
        <SubSubSection autonumber="false"/>
        <Activity autonumber="false"/>
        <Exercise autonumber="false"/>
        <Box autonumber="false"/>
        <CaseStudy autonumber="false"/>
        <Quote autonumber="false"/>
        <Extract autonumber="false"/>
        <Dialogue autonumber="false"/>
        <ITQ autonumber="false"/>
        <Reading autonumber="false"/>
        <StudyNote autonumber="false"/>
        <Example autonumber="false"/>
        <Verse autonumber="false"/>
        <SAQ autonumber="false"/>
        <KeyPoints autonumber="false"/>
        <ComputerDisplay autonumber="false"/>
        <ProgramListing autonumber="false"/>
        <Summary autonumber="false"/>
        <Tables autonumber="false"/>
        <Figures autonumber="false"/>
        <MediaContent autonumber="false"/>
        <Chemistry autonumber="false"/>
    </numbering>
    <discussion_alias>Discussion</discussion_alias>
    <session_prefix/>
<version>2025021000</version></settings></Item>
